TW202236008A - Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film - Google Patents

Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202236008A
TW202236008A TW110148266A TW110148266A TW202236008A TW 202236008 A TW202236008 A TW 202236008A TW 110148266 A TW110148266 A TW 110148266A TW 110148266 A TW110148266 A TW 110148266A TW 202236008 A TW202236008 A TW 202236008A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
photosensitive composition
composition layer
layer
transfer film
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW110148266A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石坂壯二
松田知樹
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202236008A publication Critical patent/TW202236008A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/38Treatment before imagewise removal, e.g. prebaking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a method for manufacturing a laminate including a pattern and exhibiting an excellent pattern shape and excellent pattern adhesiveness; a method for manufacturing circuit wiring; and a transfer film. A method for manufacturing a laminate according to the present invention includes: a sticking step for bringing, into contact with a substrate, the surface at the side opposite to a middle layer side of a photosensitive composition layer in a transfer film which has a temporary support, a middle layer, and the photosensitive composition layer in the stated order, and sticking the transfer film and the substrate together; a releasing step for releasing the temporary support between the temporary support and the middle layer; an exposure step for pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer; and a development step for developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer by using a developer and forming a pattern. An elastic modulus X calculated through measurement X is 1.0-10.0 Gpa.

Description

積層體之製造方法、電路配線之製造方法、轉印薄膜Manufacturing method of laminate, manufacturing method of circuit wiring, transfer film

本發明係有關一種積層體之製造方法、電路配線之製造方法及轉印薄膜。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a laminate, a method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and a transfer film.

由於用於獲得既定的圖案之步驟數少,因此使用轉印薄膜在任意的基板上配置感光性組成物層,隔著遮罩對該感光性組成物層進行曝光之後進行顯影之方法被廣泛使用。Since the number of steps for obtaining a predetermined pattern is small, the method of disposing a photosensitive composition layer on an arbitrary substrate using a transfer film, exposing the photosensitive composition layer through a mask, and then developing is widely used. .

例如,在專利文獻1中,揭示了在支撐薄膜上依次積層中間層及感光性樹脂層而成之感光性樹脂積層體。For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a photosensitive resin laminate in which an intermediate layer and a photosensitive resin layer are sequentially laminated on a support film.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2008-175957號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-175957

本發明人等對使用如專利文獻1中記載之先前的轉印薄膜等的積層體之製造方法進行研究之結果,發現所獲得之圖案的形狀容易出現缺陷。尤其,發現在為了獲得更高清晰的圖案而剝離偽支撐體進行曝光時,容易產生上述問題。具體而言,將轉印薄膜貼合到轉印體,剝離偽支撐體之後,進行圖案曝光,並進一步顯影而獲得所希望的圖案。在觀察所獲得之圖案的剖面形狀時,發現圖案形狀隨著從基板側相反的一側接近基板側,容易成為圖案寬度變寬之下擺擴展形狀。亦即,下擺擴展形狀係指,在所獲得之圖案形狀中,下底面(基板側)的長度比上底面(基板相反的一側)的長度長之圖案形狀。更具體而言,如圖1所示,在配置於基板1上之圖案2中,存在產生如虛線部分中示出之下擺擴展部分3之問題。 以下,將所獲得之圖案難以成為下擺擴展形狀之情況,亦稱為圖案形狀優異。 As a result of studying a method of manufacturing a laminate using a conventional transfer film or the like described in Patent Document 1, the present inventors found that defects in the shape of the obtained pattern tended to occur. In particular, it has been found that the above-mentioned problems tend to occur when the dummy support is peeled off for exposure in order to obtain a higher-definition pattern. Specifically, after bonding the transfer film to the transfer body and peeling off the dummy support, pattern exposure is performed, and further development is performed to obtain a desired pattern. When the cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed, it was found that the pattern shape tended to become a shape in which the width of the pattern became wider as it approached the substrate side from the side opposite to the substrate side. That is, the extended hem shape refers to a pattern shape in which the length of the lower bottom surface (on the substrate side) is longer than the length of the upper bottom surface (the side opposite to the substrate) in the obtained pattern shape. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, in a pattern 2 arranged on a substrate 1, there is a problem of generating a hem extension 3 as shown in a dotted line portion. Hereinafter, the case where the obtained pattern hardly becomes a hem-spreading shape is also referred to as being excellent in pattern shape.

另一方面,還要求在將轉印薄膜中的感光性組成物層轉印到轉印體,並對感光性組成物層實施曝光及顯影而獲得之圖案不易從轉印體中剝離,並且圖案密接性優異。尤其,要求更高清晰的圖案的密接性優異。On the other hand, it is also required that the pattern obtained by transferring the photosensitive composition layer in the transfer film to the transfer body, exposing and developing the photosensitive composition layer is not easy to peel off from the transfer body, and that the pattern Excellent adhesion. In particular, it is excellent in the adhesiveness of the pattern which requires higher definition.

因此,本發明的課題在於提供一種積層體之製造方法,該積層體包含圖案形狀優異,並且圖案密接性亦優異之圖案。 又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種電路配線之製造方法及轉印薄膜。 Therefore, the subject of this invention is providing the manufacturing method of the laminated body which contains the pattern excellent in pattern shape, and also excellent in pattern adhesiveness. Moreover, the subject of this invention is providing the manufacturing method of a circuit wiring, and a transfer film.

本發明人等對上述課題進行了深入研究之結果,發現了藉由以下構成能夠解決上述課題。As a result of intensive studies on the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configurations.

〔1〕一種積層體之製造方法,其具有: 使基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性組成物層的與上述中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合上述轉印薄膜和上述基板之貼合步驟; 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之剝離步驟; 將上述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟;及 使用顯影液將被曝光之上述感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟, 從後述之測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa。 〔2〕如〔1〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 從後述之測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係3.5MPa以下。 〔3〕如〔2〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述彈性模數X相對於上述彈性模數Y之比係1500~10000。 〔4〕如〔1〕至〔3〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係1.0~3.0mmol/g。 〔5〕如〔1〕至〔4〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性組成物層包含樹脂, 上述樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係90~150℃。 〔6〕如〔1〕至〔5〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性組成物層的酸值係50~100mgKOH/g。 〔7〕如〔1〕至〔6〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性組成物層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物及樹脂, 上述2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於上述樹脂的含量的質量比係0.60~1.00。 〔8〕如〔1〕至〔7〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層包含選自包括多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、苯酚衍生物、醯胺化合物、水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之群組中的至少1種。 〔9〕如〔1〕至〔8〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性組成物層的厚度係1~20μm。 〔10〕如〔1〕至〔9〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層的厚度係3.0μm以下。 〔11〕如〔1〕至〔10〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述曝光步驟係使上述露出之中間層與遮罩接觸而進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟。 〔12〕一種電路配線之製造方法,其具有:使具有導電層之基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層、感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性組成物層的與上述中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合上述轉印薄膜和上述基板之貼合步驟;在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之剝離步驟;將上述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟;使用顯影液將被曝光之上述感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟;及將未配置有上述圖案之區域中的上述導電層進行蝕刻處理之蝕刻步驟,從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa。 〔13〕一種轉印薄膜,其依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層, 並且實施將上述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟,其中 後述之從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa。 〔14〕如〔13〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 從後述之測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係3.5MPa以下。 〔15〕如〔14〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述彈性模數X相對於上述彈性模數Y之比係1500~10000。 〔16〕如〔13〕至〔15〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係1.0~3.0mmol/g。 〔17〕如〔13〕至〔16〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性組成物層包含樹脂, 上述樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係90~150℃。 〔18〕如〔13〕至〔17〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性組成物層的酸值係50~100mgKOH/g。 〔19〕如〔13〕至〔18〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性組成物層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物及樹脂, 上述2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於上述樹脂的含量的質量比係0.60~1.00。 〔20〕如〔13〕至〔19〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層包含選自包括多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、苯酚衍生物、醯胺化合物、水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之群組中的至少1種。 〔21〕如〔13〕至〔20〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性組成物層的厚度係1~20μm。 〔22〕如〔13〕至〔21〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層的厚度係3.0μm以下。 [發明效果] [1] A method of manufacturing a laminate comprising: The substrate is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer on the side opposite to the side of the intermediate layer of a transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order, and the transfer film is bonded. Lamination steps with the above substrate; between the above-mentioned pseudo-support and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, a peeling step of peeling off the above-mentioned pseudo-support; an exposure step of subjecting the photosensitive composition layer to pattern exposure; and A developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developing solution to form a pattern, The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X described later is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa. [2] The method for producing the laminate according to [1], wherein The elastic modulus Y obtained from the measurement Y described later is 3.5 MPa or less. [3] The method for producing the laminate according to [2], wherein The ratio of the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y is 1500-10000. [4] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein The content of the double bond in the said photosensitive composition layer is 1.0-3.0 mmol/g. [5] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein The above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer contains resin, The glass transition temperature Tg of the above-mentioned resin is 90-150°C. [6] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive composition layer is 50-100 mgKOH/g. [7] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound and a resin, The mass ratio of the content of the above-mentioned bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the above-mentioned resin is 0.60 to 1.00. [8] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein The above-mentioned intermediate layer contains polyols, oxidation adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, amide compounds, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyether resins, and polyamide resins. At least 1 species. [9] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive composition layer is 1-20 micrometers. [10] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein The thickness of the above-mentioned intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less. [11] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein The exposing step is an exposing step in which the exposed intermediate layer is brought into contact with a mask to perform pattern exposure. [12] A method of manufacturing a circuit wiring, comprising: a substrate having a conductive layer and a transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order; The surface on the opposite side of the layer side is in contact, and the step of laminating the above-mentioned transfer film and the above-mentioned substrate; the peeling step of peeling the above-mentioned pseudo-support between the above-mentioned pseudo-support and the above-mentioned intermediate layer; Exposing the composition layer to pattern exposure; Developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developer to form a pattern; and Etching the conductive layer in the area where the pattern is not arranged In the etching step, the elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa. [13] A transfer film comprising a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order, And carry out the exposing step of carrying out pattern exposure to above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer, wherein The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X described later is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa. [14] The transfer film according to [13], wherein The elastic modulus Y obtained from the measurement Y described later is 3.5 MPa or less. [15] The transfer film according to [14], wherein The ratio of the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y is 1500-10000. [16] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [15], wherein The content of the double bond in the said photosensitive composition layer is 1.0-3.0 mmol/g. [17] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [16], wherein The above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer contains resin, The glass transition temperature Tg of the above-mentioned resin is 90-150°C. [18] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [17], wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive composition layer is 50-100 mgKOH/g. [19] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [18], wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound and a resin, The mass ratio of the content of the above-mentioned bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the above-mentioned resin is 0.60 to 1.00. [20] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [19], wherein The above-mentioned intermediate layer contains polyols, oxidation adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, amide compounds, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyether resins, and polyamide resins. At least 1 species. [21] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [20], wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive composition layer is 1-20 micrometers. [22] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [21], wherein The thickness of the above-mentioned intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less. [Invention effect]

依本發明,能夠提供一種積層體之製造方法,該積層體包含圖案形狀優異,並且圖案密接性亦優異之圖案。 又,依本發明,還能夠提供一種電路配線之製造方法及轉印薄膜。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a laminate including a pattern having an excellent pattern shape and also excellent pattern adhesion. Moreover, according to this invention, the manufacturing method of a circuit wiring, and a transfer film can also be provided.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示將“~”前後所記載之數值作為下限及上限而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中階段性記載之數值範圍中,可以將在某數值範圍內記載之上限或下限替換為其他階段性記載之數值範圍的上限或下限。又,在本說明書記載之數值範圍中,可以將某數值範圍中記載之上限或下限替換為實施例中所示之值。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, the numerical range represented using "-" shows the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In the numerical ranges described step by step in this specification, the upper limit or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of the numerical range described in other steps. In addition, in the numerical range described in this specification, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in an Example.

在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語,不僅包括獨立之步驟,而且即使在無法與其他步驟明確地區分之情況下,只要發揮該步驟的預期的作用,則亦包括在本術語中。In this specification, the term "step" includes not only an independent step, but also includes the term as long as the intended function of the step is exerted even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.

在本說明書中,“透明”係指,波長400~700nm的可見光的平均透射率係80%以上,90%以上為較佳。 在本說明書中,可見光的平均透射率係使用分光光度計測量之值,例如,能夠使用Hitachi,Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310來進行測量。 In this specification, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more. In this specification, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, can be measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.

本說明書中,只要無特別指定,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係使用作為管柱的TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均係TOSOH CORPORATION製造之產品名稱)、作為洗提液的THF(四氫呋喃)、作為檢測器的差示折射計及作為標準物質的聚苯乙烯,並且使用藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)分析裝置測量之標準物質的聚苯乙烯而換算之值。 在本說明書中,只要無特別指定,則分子量分佈所具有之化合物的分子量係重量平均分子量(Mw)。 本說明書中,只要無特別指定,則金屬元素的含量係使用感應偶合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)光譜分析裝置而測量之值。 在本說明書中,只要無特別指定,則折射率係在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測量之值。 本說明書中,只要無特別指定,則色相係使用色差計(CR-221、Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)而測量之值。 In this manual, unless otherwise specified, TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are product names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) are used as columns, and as washers, unless otherwise specified. THF (tetrahydrofuran) in the extract, a differential refractometer as a detector, and polystyrene as a standard substance, and converted using polystyrene as a standard substance measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device value. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight of the compound contained in the molecular weight distribution is a weight average molecular weight (Mw). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the content of metal elements is a value measured using an Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP: Inductively Coupled Plasma) spectrometer. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the hue is a value measured using a color difference meter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.).

本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”係包含丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者之概念,“(甲基)丙烯醯氧基”係包含丙烯醯氧基及甲基丙烯醯氧基這兩者之概念。In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" is a concept that includes both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloxy" includes both acryloxy and methacryloxy. concept.

在本說明書中,“鹼溶性”係指,在22℃條件下,碳酸鈉在1質量%水溶液100g中的溶解度係0.1g以上。In this specification, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of 1 mass % aqueous solution is 0.1 g or more on 22 degreeC conditions.

在本說明書中,“水溶性”係指,在液溫係22℃的pH7.0的水100g中的溶解度係0.1g以上。例如,水溶性樹脂係指,滿足上述溶解度條件之樹脂。In the present specification, "water solubility" means that the solubility in 100 g of water of pH 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more. For example, a water-soluble resin refers to a resin satisfying the above solubility conditions.

在本說明書中,組成物的“固體成分”係指,形成使用組成物形成之組成物層(感光性組成物層、中間層及熱塑性樹脂層)之成分,在組成物包含溶劑(有機溶劑、水等)之情況下,表示去除溶劑之所有成分。又,只要係形成組成物層之成分,則液體狀的成分亦被視作固體成分。In this specification, the "solid content" of the composition refers to the components that form the composition layer (photosensitive composition layer, intermediate layer, and thermoplastic resin layer) formed using the composition, and the composition includes solvents (organic solvents, In the case of water, etc.), it means removal of all components of the solvent. Moreover, as long as it is a component which forms a composition layer, a liquid component is also considered as a solid component.

[積層體之製造方法] 本發明的積層體之製造方法具有: 使基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合轉印薄膜和基板之貼合步驟; 在偽支撐體與中間層之間,剝離偽支撐體之剝離步驟; 將感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟;及 使用顯影液將被曝光之感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟, 從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa。 作為積層體之製造方法的一個較佳態樣,可以舉出依序具有上述之、貼合步驟、剝離步驟、曝光步驟及顯影步驟之態樣。 [Manufacturing method of laminated body] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention has: The substrate is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film having the dummy support, the intermediate layer, and the photosensitive composition layer in this order, which is opposite to the intermediate layer side, and the transfer film and the substrate are bonded together. Fitting step; between the pseudo-support and the intermediate layer, a step of peeling off the pseudo-support; an exposure step of subjecting the photosensitive composition layer to pattern exposure; and A developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developing solution to form a pattern, The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa. As a preferable aspect of the manufacturing method of a laminated body, the aspect which has the above-mentioned bonding process, a peeling process, an exposure process, and a developing process sequentially is mentioned.

作為本發明的積層體之製造方法的特徵點,可以舉出從後述之測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa這一點。 雖然本發明的積層體之製造方法發揮所希望的效果之作用機制的詳細內容尚不明確,但本發明人等推測為如下。 本發明人等發現如下現象:在彈性模數X小於1.0GPa之情況下,由於藉由將感光性組成物層進行曝光而獲得之圖案(硬化層)的強度過低,因此在使用顯影液進行顯影時,藉由圖案的膨潤和溶解而成為下擺擴展形狀;以及,在彈性模數X大於10.0GPa之情況下,由於藉由將感光性組成物層進行曝光而獲得之圖案(硬化層)的強度過高,因此硬化層和轉印體的密接性差。 鑑於上述,能夠推測在本發明的積層體之製造方法中,藉由將彈性模數X調整成既定的範圍,而圖案形狀優異,並且圖案密接性亦優異。 以下,在可獲得圖案形狀更加優異以及圖案密接性更加優異中的至少一個效果時,亦稱為本發明的效果更加優異。 The characteristic point of the method for producing the laminate of the present invention is that the elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X described later is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa. Although the details of the mechanism by which the method for producing a laminate of the present invention exerts the desired effect are not clear, the inventors of the present invention presume as follows. The inventors of the present invention have found that when the modulus of elasticity X is less than 1.0 GPa, the intensity of the pattern (cured layer) obtained by exposing the photosensitive composition layer is too low, so when the elastic modulus X is less than 1.0 GPa, the strength of the pattern (hardened layer) obtained by exposing the photosensitive composition layer is too low. At the time of development, it becomes a hem-expanded shape by the swelling and dissolution of the pattern; and, in the case where the elastic modulus X is greater than 10.0 GPa, due to the pattern (hardened layer) obtained by exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light Since the strength is too high, the adhesion between the cured layer and the transfer body is poor. In view of the above, it can be presumed that in the method for producing a laminate of the present invention, by adjusting the elastic modulus X to a predetermined range, the pattern shape is excellent and the pattern adhesion is also excellent. Hereinafter, when at least one of the effects of a more excellent pattern shape and a more excellent pattern adhesiveness can be obtained, it is also called that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.

以下,對本發明的積層體之製造方法、各個步驟進行詳細說明。另外,關於以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣來進行,但是本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。Hereinafter, the manufacturing method and each step of the laminated body of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, the description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

〔彈性模數〕 <彈性模數X> 在本發明的積層體之製造方法中,從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,1.0~8.0GPa為較佳,2.0~8.0GPa為更佳,3.0~6.0GPa為進一步較佳,4.0~6.0GPa為特佳。 〔Elastic modulus〕 <Elastic modulus X> In the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention, the elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0 to 10.0 GPa, and from the viewpoint of more excellent effect of the present invention, 1.0 to 8.0 GPa is preferable, and 2.0 to 8.0 GPa is more preferred, 3.0-6.0 GPa is further preferred, and 4.0-6.0 GPa is particularly preferred.

彈性模數X係從以下測量X中求出之值。 測量X的測量方法係如下:使基板與轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合轉印薄膜和基板,從所獲得之積層體且在偽支撐體與中間層之間剝離偽支撐體,並且從露出之中間層側對感光性組成物層進行整面曝光,剝離露出之中間層,然後,測量露出之硬化層的彈性模數,設為彈性模數X。 另外,進行上述整個面曝光時之曝光條件(光源的種類、曝光量等)係在與後述之曝光步驟中實施之曝光條件相同之曝光條件下實施。亦即,在測量X中實施之整個面曝光係相當於將在後述之曝光步驟中實施之圖案曝光的曝光範圍變更係感光性組成物層的整個面之曝光。 作為彈性模數的測量方法,例如,能夠使用TA Instruments公司製造之流變儀DFR-2,在設定溫度20~125℃、升溫速度5℃/min、頻率1Hz、畸變0.5%的條件下進行測量。 作為剝離露出之中間層之方法,例如,可以舉出公知的剝離方法,膠帶剝離為較佳。 另外,在轉印薄膜具有保護膜之情況下,在從轉印薄膜中剝離保護膜之後,實施測量X。 另外,測量X中所使用之基板係積層體之製造方法中所使用之基板,將在後段進行詳細敘述。 The elastic modulus X is a value obtained from the following measurement X. The measurement method for measuring X is as follows: The substrate is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film opposite to the intermediate layer side, and the transfer film and the substrate are bonded together, and the obtained laminate is obtained from the laminated body. Peel off the pseudo-support between the pseudo-support and the intermediate layer, and expose the entire surface of the photosensitive composition layer from the exposed intermediate layer, peel off the exposed intermediate layer, then measure the elastic modulus of the exposed hardened layer, and set is the elastic modulus X. In addition, the exposure conditions (type of light source, exposure amount, etc.) at the time of performing the said whole surface exposure are implemented under the same exposure conditions as the exposure conditions implemented in the exposure process mentioned later. That is, the whole-surface exposure performed in the measurement X corresponds to the exposure of the entire surface of the photosensitive composition layer by changing the exposure range of the pattern exposure performed in the exposure step described later. As a method of measuring the elastic modulus, for example, a rheometer DFR-2 manufactured by TA Instruments can be used to measure under the conditions of a set temperature of 20 to 125°C, a heating rate of 5°C/min, a frequency of 1Hz, and a distortion of 0.5%. . As a method of peeling the exposed intermediate layer, for example, a known peeling method can be mentioned, and tape peeling is preferable. In addition, in the case where the transfer film has a protective film, after peeling the protective film from the transfer film, the measurement of X was carried out. In addition, the substrate used in the measurement X is the substrate used in the method of manufacturing the laminated body, which will be described in detail later.

<彈性模數Y> 從顯影殘渣的抑制性優異之觀點考慮,測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係10.0MPa以下為較佳,5.0MPa以下為更佳,3.5MPa以下為進一步較佳,1.0MPa以下為特佳,0.8MPa以下為最佳。下限係0.1MPa以上為較佳。 <Elastic modulus Y> From the standpoint of excellent development residue suppression, the elastic modulus Y obtained by measuring Y is preferably 10.0 MPa or less, more preferably 5.0 MPa or less, still more preferably 3.5 MPa or less, and most preferably 1.0 MPa or less , below 0.8MPa is the best. The lower limit is preferably 0.1 MPa or more.

彈性模數Y係測量轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的彈性模數,並設為彈性模數Y之測量。亦即,彈性模數Y相當於未實施曝光處理之感光性組成物層的非曝光部的彈性模數。 作為彈性模數之測量方法,例如,可以舉出上述之彈性模數X中所使用之彈性模數的測量方法。 另外,測量Y可以在從轉印薄膜中剝離中間層之後實施。作為剝離中間層之方法,例如,可以舉出公知的剝離方法,膠帶剝離為較佳。 又,在轉印薄膜具有保護膜之情況下,在從轉印薄膜中剝離保護膜之後,實施測量Y。 The elastic modulus Y is the measurement of the elastic modulus of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film, and is set as the measurement of the elastic modulus Y. That is, the elastic modulus Y corresponds to the elastic modulus of the non-exposed portion of the photosensitive composition layer that has not been exposed. As a method of measuring the modulus of elasticity, for example, the method of measuring the modulus of elasticity used in the modulus of elasticity X described above can be mentioned. In addition, the measurement of Y may be performed after peeling off the intermediate layer from the transfer film. As a method of peeling off an intermediate layer, a well-known peeling method can be mentioned, for example, Tape peeling is preferable. Also, in the case where the transfer film has a protective film, the measurement Y was performed after the protective film was peeled off from the transfer film.

從顯影殘渣的抑制性優異之觀點考慮,彈性模數X相對於彈性模數Y之比(彈性模數X/彈性模數Y),100以上為較佳,200~10000為更佳,1000~10000為進一步較佳,1500~10000為特佳,3000~8000為最佳。From the viewpoint of excellent development residue suppression, the ratio of elastic modulus X to elastic modulus Y (elastic modulus X/elastic modulus Y) is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 to 10,000, and 1,000 to 10,000 is more preferable, 1,500 to 10,000 is particularly preferable, and 3,000 to 8,000 is most preferable.

作為調整彈性模數X及彈性模數Y之方法,例如,可以舉出改變感光性組成物層中所包含之樹脂的種類及含量。 具體而言,可以舉出如下方法:關於樹脂,使用將重量平均分子量、酸值及Tg(玻璃轉移溫度)調整為後述之各自的較佳態樣之樹脂之方法,使用在各自的較佳態樣中使用具有3官能以上的單體和/或芳香族烴基之單體而合成之樹脂之方法、以及將該等組合之方法。 As a method of adjusting the elastic modulus X and the elastic modulus Y, for example, changing the kind and content of the resin contained in the photosensitive composition layer is mentioned. Specifically, the following method can be mentioned: Regarding the resin, the method of using the resin whose weight average molecular weight, acid value and Tg (glass transition temperature) are adjusted to the respective preferable aspects described later, and using the resin in each preferable state A method of synthesizing a resin using a monomer having more than three functions and/or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a method of combining them.

〔貼合步驟〕 貼合步驟係使基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合轉印薄膜和基板之貼合步驟。 另外,在轉印薄膜具有保護膜之情況下,可以在剝離保護膜之後實施貼合步驟。 〔Fitting step〕 The bonding step is to bring the substrate into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film having the dummy support, the intermediate layer, and the photosensitive composition layer in this order, which is opposite to the intermediate layer side, and bond the transfer film. Lamination step of film and substrate. Moreover, when a transfer film has a protective film, you may implement a bonding process after peeling a protective film.

在貼合步驟中,使基板與轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸並壓接。 作為貼合方法,例如,可以舉出公知的轉印方法及層壓方法。 其中,作為貼合方法,將轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面與基板重疊,並且實施基於輥等之加壓及加熱為較佳。 作為貼合方法,可以舉出使用真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機之貼合方法。 作為層壓溫度,70~130℃為較佳。 In the bonding step, the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film on the side opposite to the intermediate layer side is brought into contact and pressure-bonded. As a bonding method, a well-known transfer method and a lamination method are mentioned, for example. Among them, as a bonding method, it is preferable to overlap the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film on the side opposite to the intermediate layer side with the substrate, and to apply pressure and heating with a roller or the like. As a bonding method, the bonding method using a well-known laminator, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, is mentioned. As lamination temperature, 70-130 degreeC is preferable.

作為基板,具有導電層之基板為較佳。 具有導電層之基板的基板上可以依據需要形成除了上述導電層以外的任意層。亦即,基板係至少具有配置於基板上之導電層之導電性基板為較佳。 作為基板,例如,可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板及半導體基板。 作為基板,國際公開第2018/155193號的[0140]段為較佳,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 作為樹脂基板的材料,環烯烴聚合物或聚醯亞胺為較佳。 作為樹脂基板的厚度,5~200μm為較佳,10~100μm為更佳。 As the substrate, a substrate having a conductive layer is preferable. Substrate with Conductive Layer Any layer other than the above-mentioned conductive layer may be formed on the substrate as necessary. That is, it is preferable that the substrate is a conductive substrate having at least a conductive layer disposed on the substrate. As a substrate, a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate are mentioned, for example. As the substrate, paragraph [0140] of International Publication No. 2018/155193 is preferable, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. As the material of the resin substrate, cycloolefin polymer or polyimide is preferable. The thickness of the resin substrate is preferably from 5 to 200 μm, more preferably from 10 to 100 μm.

作為導電層,從導電性及細線形成性之觀點考慮,選自包括金屬層、導電性金屬氧化物層、石墨烯層、碳奈米管層及導電聚合物層之群組中的至少1種導電層為較佳。 在基板上可以僅配置1層導電層,亦可以配置2層以上。在配置2層以上的導電層之情況下,配置有2層以上之導電層彼此係不同材質的導電層為較佳。 作為導電層,國際公開第2018/155193號的[0141]段為較佳,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 As the conductive layer, at least one selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and thin line formability A conductive layer is preferred. Only one conductive layer may be arranged on the substrate, or two or more layers may be arranged. When arranging two or more conductive layers, it is preferable that two or more conductive layers are made of different materials. As the conductive layer, paragraph [0141] of International Publication No. 2018/155193 is preferable, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

〔剝離步驟〕 剝離步驟係在偽支撐體與中間層之間剝離偽支撐體之步驟。 作為剝離偽支撐體之方法,例如,可以舉出公知的剝離方法。具體而言,可以舉出日本特開2010-072589號公報的[0161]~[0162]段中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構。 〔Peel off step〕 The stripping step is a step of stripping the pseudo-support between the pseudo-support and the intermediate layer. As a method of peeling off the dummy support, for example, known peeling methods can be mentioned. Specifically, there may be mentioned the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs [0161] to [0162] of JP-A-2010-072589.

〔曝光步驟〕 曝光步驟係對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 “圖案曝光”係指,曝光成圖案狀之形態,亦即,表示存在曝光部和非曝光部之形態的曝光。 圖案曝光中的曝光區域和未曝光區域的位置關係並無特別限制,能夠適當調整。 〔Exposure steps〕 The exposing step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer. "Pattern exposure" means exposure in a pattern-like form, that is, exposure showing a form in which exposed parts and non-exposed parts exist. The positional relationship between the exposed area and the unexposed area in the pattern exposure is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted.

進行曝光之方向並無特別限制,可以從感光性組成物層的中間層側進行曝光,亦可以從感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側(基板側)進行曝光。The direction of exposure is not particularly limited, and exposure may be performed from the intermediate layer side of the photosensitive composition layer, or may be exposed from the side (substrate side) of the photosensitive composition layer opposite to the intermediate layer side.

作為曝光步驟,使藉由上述之剝離步驟而露出之中間層與遮罩接觸而進行圖案曝光為較佳。與上述遮罩接觸而進行圖案曝光,從而獲得的高清晰的圖案。 具體而言,在藉由偽支撐體的剝離而露出之中間層上,以使具有既定的開口部之遮罩密接之方式配置而進行圖案曝光為較佳。 實施使上述中間層與遮罩接觸之曝光步驟,從而在感光性組成物層的曝光區域(相當於遮罩的開口部之位置),能夠產生感光性組成物層中所包含之成分的硬化反應。在曝光後實施鹼顯影處理,從而感光性組成物層的非曝光區域被去除而形成圖案。 積層體之製造方法在曝光步驟與顯影處理之間具有剝離在曝光步驟中使用之遮罩之剝離步驟為較佳。 As the exposure step, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure by bringing the intermediate layer exposed in the above-mentioned peeling step into contact with a mask. A high-definition pattern is obtained by performing pattern exposure in contact with the above-mentioned mask. Specifically, on the intermediate layer exposed by the peeling of the dummy support, it is preferable to place a mask having a predetermined opening in close contact and perform pattern exposure. The exposing step of bringing the above-mentioned intermediate layer into contact with the mask can cause a hardening reaction of the components contained in the photosensitive composition layer in the exposed region of the photosensitive composition layer (position corresponding to the opening of the mask). . After exposure, an alkali development process is performed, and the non-exposed area|region of a photosensitive composition layer is removed and a pattern is formed. It is preferable that the method for producing a laminate has a peeling step for peeling off the mask used in the exposure step between the exposure step and the development treatment.

作為圖案曝光的光源,只要係能夠照射至少能夠硬化感光性組成物層之波長域的光(例如,365nm及405nm)者,則能夠適當選擇使用。 其中,圖案曝光的曝光光的主波長係365nm為較佳。另外,主波長係指,強度最高的波長。 As a light source for pattern exposure, any light source capable of irradiating at least a wavelength range capable of curing the photosensitive composition layer (for example, 365 nm and 405 nm) can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, the dominant wavelength of the exposure light for pattern exposure is preferably 365 nm. In addition, the dominant wavelength means the wavelength with the highest intensity.

作為光源,例如,可以舉出各種激光、發光二極體(LED)、超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵素燈。 曝光量係5~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10~200mJ/cm 2為更佳。 作為光源、曝光量及曝光方法,例如,可以舉出在國際公開第2018/155193號公報的[0146]~[0147]段,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 Examples of light sources include various lasers, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps. The exposure amount is preferably 5 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 mJ/cm 2 . As a light source, exposure amount, and an exposure method, for example, paragraphs [0146] to [0147] in International Publication No. 2018/155193 can be cited, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

〔顯影步驟〕 顯影步驟係使用顯影液將被曝光之感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之步驟。 使用鹼顯影液(鹼性水溶液)進行顯影,從而感光性組成物層的非曝光區域被去除,形成以遮罩的開口部作為凸部之圖案。 〔Development step〕 The developing step is a step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developing solution to form a pattern. By developing using an alkali developing solution (alkaline aqueous solution), the non-exposed area of the photosensitive composition layer is removed, and a pattern in which the openings of the mask are used as protrusions is formed.

作為顯影液,鹼性水溶液為較佳。 作為鹼性水溶液中包含之鹼性化合物(在水中溶解而顯示鹼性之化合物),例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基氫氧化乙基三甲基銨)。 As a developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution is preferable. Examples of basic compounds (compounds that dissolve in water and exhibit basicity) contained in alkaline aqueous solutions include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, hydrogen Tetramethylammonium Oxide, Tetraethylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide and Choline (2-Hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium Hydroxide).

作為顯影方法,例如,可以舉出公知的顯影方法。具體而言,可以舉出覆液式顯影、噴淋顯影、旋轉顯影及浸漬顯影。 作為顯影方法,國際公開第2015/093271號的[0195]段中記載之顯影方法為較佳。 As a developing method, for example, a known developing method can be mentioned. Specifically, flood image development, shower image development, spin image development, and immersion image development are mentioned. As a developing method, the developing method described in paragraph [0195] of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is preferable.

〔後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟〕 本發明的積層體之製造方法亦可以具有將藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案進一步進行曝光之步驟(以下,亦稱為“後曝光步驟”。)和/或進行加熱之步驟(以下,亦稱為“後烘烤步驟”。)。 在積層體之製造方法具有後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟這兩者之情況下,在實施後曝光步驟之後,實施後烘烤步驟為較佳。 後曝光步驟中的曝光量係100~5000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~3000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 在後烘烤步驟中,後烘烤的溫度係80~250℃為較佳,90~160℃為更佳。 在後烘烤步驟中,後烘烤的時間係1~180分鐘為較佳,10~60分鐘為更佳。 [Post-exposure step and post-baking step] The method for producing a laminate of the present invention may include a step of further exposing the pattern obtained in the developing step (hereinafter also referred to as "post-exposure step") and/or Or a step of heating (hereinafter also referred to as "post-baking step."). When the manufacturing method of a laminate has both a post-exposure process and a post-baking process, it is preferable to implement a post-baking process after implementing a post-exposure process. The exposure amount in the post-exposure step is preferably 100 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 200 to 3000 mJ/cm 2 . In the post-baking step, the post-baking temperature is preferably 80-250°C, more preferably 90-160°C. In the post-baking step, the post-baking time is preferably 1-180 minutes, more preferably 10-60 minutes.

在藉由積層體之製造方法而獲得之基板上形成之圖案的位置及大小並無特別限制。 其中,作為圖案,細線狀為較佳。具體而言,圖案的寬度係20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5μm以下為特佳。下限係1μm以上為較佳,3μm以上為更佳。 The position and size of the pattern formed on the substrate obtained by the method of manufacturing the laminate are not particularly limited. Among them, as a pattern, a fine line shape is preferable. Specifically, the width of the pattern is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, still more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 3 μm or more.

[積層體的用途] 藉由本發明的積層體之製造方法而製造之積層體能夠應用於各種裝置中。作為具備積層體之裝置,例如,可以舉出輸入裝置,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。上述輸入裝置能夠應用於有機EL(有機電致發光)顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置中。 [Use of laminated body] The laminate manufactured by the manufacturing method of the laminate of this invention can be applied to various devices. As a device provided with a laminate, for example, an input device can be mentioned, a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitive touch panel is more preferable. The input device described above can be applied to display devices such as organic EL (organic electroluminescence) display devices and liquid crystal display devices.

[電路配線之製造方法] 本發明的電路配線之製造方法中,將導電性基板用作基板時,包括將具有藉由上述之積層體之製造方法而製造之圖案之積層體中的未配置有圖案之區域中的導電層進行蝕刻處理之蝕刻步驟。 [Manufacturing method of circuit wiring] In the method of manufacturing circuit wiring of the present invention, when a conductive substrate is used as the substrate, the conductive layer in the region where the pattern is not arranged in the layered body having the pattern manufactured by the above-mentioned method of manufacturing the layered body is included. An etching step of performing an etching process.

以下,對本發明的電路配線之製造方法的各個步驟進行詳細說明。另外,關於以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣來進行,但是本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。Hereinafter, each step of the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of this invention is demonstrated in detail. In addition, the description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

〔蝕刻步驟〕 蝕刻步驟係對位於未配置有圖案之區域之導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 具體而言,在蝕刻步驟中,將上述積層體之製造方法中的藉由顯影步驟而從感光性組成物層中獲得之圖案用作蝕刻阻劑,並且將導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 作為基板,與上述之積層體之製造方法中的基板的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 〔Etching step〕 The etching step is a step of etching the conductive layer in the area where no pattern is arranged. Specifically, in the etching step, the pattern obtained from the photosensitive composition layer in the development step in the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate is used as an etching resist, and the conductive layer is subjected to etching treatment. The board|substrate has the same meaning as the board|substrate in the manufacturing method of the above-mentioned laminated body, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

作為蝕刻處理的方法,例如,可以舉出公知的蝕刻方法。 具體而言,可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的[0209]~[0210]段中所記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的[0048]~[0054]段等中所記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻及電漿蝕刻等乾式蝕刻。 As a method of etching treatment, for example, a known etching method can be mentioned. Specifically, the method described in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of JP-A-2017-120435, the method described in paragraphs [0048]-[0054] of JP-A-2010-152155, etc. The described method, wet etching by immersion in an etchant, and dry etching such as plasma etching.

關於濕式蝕刻中所使用之蝕刻液,能夠依據蝕刻對象來適當選擇酸性或鹼性蝕刻液。 作為酸性蝕刻液,例如,可以舉出包含1種或2種以上的酸性化合物之酸性水溶液以及酸性化合物和選自包括氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀之群組中的至少1種鹽的酸性的混合水溶液。 作為酸性水溶液中所包含之酸性化合物(溶解於水而顯示酸性之化合物),選自包括鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氫氟酸、草酸及磷酸之群組中的至少1種酸性化合物為較佳。 作為鹼性蝕刻液,例如,可以舉出包含1種或2種以上的鹼性化合物之鹼性水溶液及鹼性化合物和鹽(例如,過錳酸鉀等)的鹼性混合水溶液。 作為鹼性水溶液中所包含之鹼性化合物(在水中溶解而顯示鹼性之化合物),例如,選自包括氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(例如,氫氧化四甲基銨等)之群組中的至少1種為較佳。 Regarding the etchant used in wet etching, acidic or alkaline etchant can be appropriately selected depending on the object to be etched. As the acidic etchant, for example, an acidic aqueous solution containing one or more acidic compounds, and an acidic compound and at least one selected from the group consisting of ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride, and potassium permanganate Acidic mixed aqueous solutions of salts. As the acidic compound contained in the acidic aqueous solution (a compound that dissolves in water and exhibits acidity), at least one acidic compound selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid is preferred. good. Examples of alkaline etching solutions include alkaline aqueous solutions containing one or more alkaline compounds, and alkaline mixed aqueous solutions of alkaline compounds and salts (for example, potassium permanganate, etc.). As the basic compound contained in the alkaline aqueous solution (compound showing basicity by dissolving in water), for example, selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines and salts of organic amines (for example, hydroxide Tetramethylammonium, etc.) is preferably at least one kind from the group.

〔去除步驟〕 本發明之電路配線之製造方法可以具有去除殘留之圖案之去除步驟。 去除步驟在上述之蝕刻步驟之後實施為較佳。 作為去除殘留之圖案之方法,例如,可以舉出藉由化學性處理來去除之方法,使用去除液來去除之方法為較佳。 作為去除液的液溫,30~80℃為較佳,50~80℃為更佳。 作為去除方法的1個較佳態樣,例如,可以舉出在液溫係50~80℃的正在攪拌之去除液中,將具有應去除之圖案之基板浸漬1~30分鐘之方法。 作為去除殘留之圖案之方法,例如,還可以舉出使用去除液,藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及浸置法等公知的方法而去除之方法。 [Removal steps] The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of this invention may have the removal process of removing the remaining pattern. The removal step is preferably performed after the etching step described above. As a method of removing the remaining pattern, for example, a method of removing by chemical treatment is mentioned, and a method of removing using a removing liquid is preferable. As liquid temperature of a removal liquid, 30-80 degreeC is preferable, and 50-80 degreeC is more preferable. As a preferred aspect of the removal method, for example, a method of immersing a substrate having a pattern to be removed in a removal solution having a liquid temperature of 50 to 80° C. under stirring for 1 to 30 minutes is mentioned. As a method of removing the remaining pattern, for example, a method of removing by a known method such as a spraying method, a shower method, and a dipping method using a removing liquid can also be mentioned.

作為去除液,例如,可以舉出將鹼性無機化合物或鹼性有機化合物溶解於選自包括水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及該等混合溶液之群組中的至少1種溶液中之去除液。 作為鹼性無機化合物,例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。 作為鹼性有機化合物,例如,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。 As the removal liquid, for example, dissolving a basic inorganic compound or a basic organic compound in at least 1 remover in solution. Examples of basic inorganic compounds include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of basic organic compounds include primary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, tertiary amine compounds, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds.

〔其他步驟〕 電路配線之製造方法除了上述之各步驟以外,可以具有其他步驟。 作為其他步驟,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2019/022089號的[0172]段中記載之使可見光線反射率降低之步驟及國際公開第2019/022089號的[0172]段中記載之在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟。 [other steps] The manufacturing method of circuit wiring may have other steps besides each step mentioned above. As other steps, for example, the step of reducing the reflectance of visible light described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089 and the step of reducing the reflectance of visible light described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. The step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the film.

<降低可見光線反射率之步驟> 電路配線之製造方法可以具有進行降低基板所具有之複數個導電層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,例如,可以舉出氧化處理。在基板具有包含銅之導電層之情況下,對銅進行氧化處理而製成氧化銅,並對導電層進行黑化,藉此能夠降低導電層的可見光線反射率。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出日本特開2014-150118號公報的[0017]~[0025]段、以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的[0041]、[0042]、[0048]及[0058]段,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 <Steps to reduce the reflectance of visible light> The manufacturing method of circuit wiring may have the process of performing the process of reducing the visible light reflectance of some or all of the several conductive layers which a board|substrate has. As a treatment for lowering the reflectance of visible light, for example, oxidation treatment can be mentioned. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be reduced by oxidizing the copper to form copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer. As a treatment for reducing the reflectance of visible light, paragraphs [0017] to [0025] of JP-A-2014-150118, and paragraphs [0041], [0042], and [0048] of JP-A-2013-206315 can be cited. ] and [0058] paragraphs, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

<形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟> 電路配線之製造方法可以具有在電路配線的表面形成絕緣膜之步驟和在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟。 藉由上述製程,能夠形成第1電極圖案及絕緣之第2電極圖案。 作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,例如,可以舉出形成公知的永久膜之方法。又,可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性組成物,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。 作為在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟,例如,可以使用具有導電性之感光性組成物,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的新的導電層。 <Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film> The method of manufacturing circuit wiring may include the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above process, the first electrode pattern and the insulated second electrode pattern can be formed. As a step of forming an insulating film, for example, a method of forming a known permanent film can be mentioned. In addition, an insulating film having a desired pattern can be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive composition having insulating properties. As a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film, for example, a photosensitive composition having conductivity can be used to form a new conductive layer with a desired pattern by photolithography.

電路配線之製造方法中,使用在基板的兩個表面分別具有複數個導電層之基板,對形成於基材的兩個表面之導電層逐次或同時形成電路配線亦較佳。 藉由上述構成,能夠形成在一個基板表面形成第1導電圖案且在另一個基板表面形成第2導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,藉由輥對輥從基板的兩面形成上述構成的觸控面板用電路配線亦較佳。 In the method of manufacturing circuit wiring, it is preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and it is also preferable to form circuit wiring sequentially or simultaneously on the conductive layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate. With the above configuration, it is possible to form circuit wiring for a touch panel in which the first conductive pattern is formed on the surface of one substrate and the second conductive pattern is formed on the surface of the other substrate. Moreover, it is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for touch panels of the said structure from both surfaces of a board|substrate by roll-to-roll.

[電路配線的用途] 藉由電路配線之製造方法製造之電路配線能夠應用於各種裝置。作為具備電路配線之裝置,例如,可以舉出輸入裝置,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。上述輸入裝置能夠應用於有機EL顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。 [Use of circuit wiring] The circuit wiring manufactured by the manufacturing method of circuit wiring can be applied to various devices. As a device provided with circuit wiring, for example, an input device is mentioned, and a touch panel is preferable, and an electrostatic capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. The input device described above can be applied to display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices.

[轉印薄膜] 本發明的轉印薄膜依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層,並且係實施將感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟之轉印薄膜,其中,從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa。 轉印薄膜中的彈性模數X、彈性模數X相對於彈性模數Y及彈性模數Y之比的含義分別與上述之積層體之製造方法中的各記載相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 [Transfer film] The transfer film of the present invention has a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order, and is a transfer film subjected to an exposure step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer, wherein, obtained from the measurement X The elastic modulus X is 1.0~10.0GPa. The meanings of the elastic modulus X in the transfer film, the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y, and the ratio of the elastic modulus Y are the same as those described in the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

轉印薄膜除了感光性組成物層及中間層以外,還可以具有其他層。 作為其他層,例如,可以舉出後述之熱塑性樹脂層。又,轉印薄膜可以係在感光性組成物層上具有後述之保護膜之構成。 The transfer film may have other layers besides the photosensitive composition layer and the intermediate layer. As another layer, the thermoplastic resin layer mentioned later is mentioned, for example. In addition, the transfer film may have a protective film described later on the photosensitive composition layer.

作為轉印薄膜的實施態樣並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出以下構成。 (1)“偽支撐體/中間層/感光性組成物層/保護膜” (2)“偽支撐體/熱塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性組成物層/保護膜” 作為上述各構成中的感光性組成物層,負型感光性組成物層為較佳。又,作為感光性組成物層,著色樹脂層亦較佳。 Embodiments of the transfer film are not particularly limited, and examples include the following configurations. (1) "pseudo-support/intermediate layer/photosensitive composition layer/protective film" (2) "pseudo-support/thermoplastic resin layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive composition layer/protective film" As the photosensitive composition layer in each of the above configurations, a negative photosensitive composition layer is preferable. Moreover, a colored resin layer is also preferable as a photosensitive composition layer.

從抑制上述之貼合步驟中的氣泡的產生之觀點考慮,轉印薄膜的波紋的最大寬度係300μm以下為較佳,200μm以下為更佳,60μm以下為進一步較佳。下限係0μm以上為較佳,0.1μm以上為更佳,1μm以上為進一步較佳。 轉印薄膜的波紋的最大寬度係藉由以下步驟測量之值。 首先,將轉印薄膜沿與主表面垂直之方向剪切成長20cm×寬20cm的尺寸而製作出試驗樣品。另外,在轉印薄膜具有保護膜之情況下,從轉印薄膜中剝離保護膜。接著,在表面平滑且水平的載物台上,靜置上述試驗樣品,以使偽支撐體的表面與載物台對向。靜置後,對試驗樣品的中心10cm見方的範圍,用雷射顯微鏡(例如,KEYENCE CORPORATION製造之VK-9700SP)掃描試樣樣品的表面而獲得三維表面圖像,從在所獲得之三維表面圖像中觀察到之最大凸面高度減去最低凹面高度。對10個試驗樣品進行上述操作,將其算術平均值作為轉印薄膜的波紋最大寬度。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the above-mentioned bonding step, the maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, still more preferably 60 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably at least 0 μm, more preferably at least 0.1 μm, and still more preferably at least 1 μm. The maximum width of the corrugation of the transfer film is a value measured by the following procedure. First, the transfer film was cut in a direction perpendicular to the main surface to a size of 20 cm long x 20 cm wide to prepare a test sample. Moreover, when a transfer film has a protective film, a protective film is peeled from a transfer film. Next, the above-mentioned test sample was placed on a stage with a smooth and horizontal surface so that the surface of the dummy support faced the stage. After standing still, use a laser microscope (for example, VK-9700SP manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION) to scan the surface of the test sample to obtain a three-dimensional surface image of the center of the test sample within a 10 cm square area. From the obtained three-dimensional surface image The maximum convex height observed in the image minus the lowest concave height. The above-mentioned operation was carried out on 10 test samples, and the arithmetic mean thereof was used as the maximum width of corrugations of the transfer film.

從密接性更優異之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層的波長係365nm的光的透射率,10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,但是99.9%以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of better adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably at least 10%, more preferably at least 30%, and still more preferably at least 50%. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.

對轉印薄膜的實施形態的一例進行說明。 圖1中示出之轉印薄膜10依序具有偽支撐體11、包含中間層13及感光性組成物層15之組成物層17及保護膜19。 另外,圖1中示出之轉印薄膜10係配置了保護膜19之形態,但可以不配置保護膜19。 又,在圖1中,除了能夠配置於偽支撐體11上之保護膜19以外之各層亦稱為組成物層17。 進而,轉印薄膜除了上述層以外,可以具有熱塑性樹脂層,熱塑性樹脂層在偽支撐體11與中間層13之間配置為較佳。 An example of an embodiment of the transfer film will be described. The transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a dummy support 11 , a composition layer 17 including an intermediate layer 13 and a photosensitive composition layer 15 , and a protective film 19 in this order. In addition, although the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 is the form in which the protective film 19 was arrange|positioned, the protective film 19 may not be arrange|positioned. In addition, in FIG. 1 , each layer other than the protective film 19 that can be disposed on the dummy support 11 is also referred to as a composition layer 17 . Furthermore, the transfer film may have a thermoplastic resin layer in addition to the above layers, and it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer is disposed between the dummy support 11 and the intermediate layer 13 .

以下,關於本發明的轉印薄膜,對各構件及各成分進行詳細說明。另外,關於以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣來進行,但是本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。Hereinafter, each member and each component of the transfer film of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, the description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

〔偽支撐體〕 轉印薄膜具有偽支撐體。 偽支撐體係支撐感光性組成物層之構件,最終藉由剝離處理而被去除。 〔Pseudo-support body〕 The transfer film has a pseudo-support. The member of the pseudo support system supporting the photosensitive composition layer is finally removed by peeling treatment.

偽支撐體可以係單層結構或多層結構。 作為偽支撐體,薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。又,作為偽支撐體,具有撓性,並且在加壓下或加壓下和加熱下,不產生顯著的變形、收縮或延伸之薄膜亦較佳,不產生皺紋等變形及劃痕之薄膜亦較佳。 作為薄膜,例如,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(例如,雙軸取向聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚醯亞胺薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜,聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 The pseudo-support can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. As the pseudo-support, a thin film is preferable, and a resin thin film is more preferable. Also, as a pseudo-support, a film that is flexible and does not undergo significant deformation, shrinkage, or elongation under pressure or under pressure and heat is also preferable, and a film that does not cause deformation such as wrinkles and scratches is also preferable. better. As the film, for example, polyethylene terephthalate film (for example, biaxially oriented polyethylene terephthalate film), polymethyl methacrylate film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film , polyimide film and polycarbonate film, polyethylene terephthalate film is preferred.

從能夠經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的透明性高為較佳。具體而言,在波長365nm下的偽支撐體的透射率係60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。上限小於100%為較佳。 從隔著偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的霧度小為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體的霧度係2%以下為較佳,0.5%以下為更佳,0.1%以下為進一步較佳。下限係0%以上為較佳。 From the viewpoint of enabling pattern exposure through the dummy support, it is preferable that the dummy support has high transparency. Specifically, the transmittance of the pseudo-support at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 100%. It is preferable that the haze of the dummy support is small from the viewpoint of the pattern formability at the time of pattern exposure through the dummy support and the transparency of the dummy support. Specifically, the haze of the pseudo-support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and still more preferably 0.1% or less. The lower limit is preferably 0% or more.

從隔著偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中的微粒、異物及缺陷的數少為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體中的微粒(例如,直徑係1μm的微粒)、異物和缺陷的數量係50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 From the viewpoint of the pattern formation properties and the transparency of the pseudo-support when pattern exposure is performed through the pseudo-support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, and defects in the pseudo-support is small. Specifically, the number of particles (for example, particles with a diameter of 1 μm), foreign matter and defects in the pseudo-support is preferably 50 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/10mm2 or less, and 3 pieces/10mm 2 or less is more preferable, and 0 piece/10mm 2 is particularly preferable.

偽支撐體的厚度係5~200μm為較佳,從易操作性及通用性之觀點考慮,5~150μm為更佳,5~50μm為進一步較佳,5~25μm為特佳。 偽支撐體的厚度係作為藉由基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)之剖面觀察測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 The thickness of the pseudo-support is preferably 5-200 μm, more preferably 5-150 μm, further preferably 5-50 μm, and particularly preferably 5-25 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. The thickness of the pseudo-support was calculated as an average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by cross-sectional observation by SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope).

從操作性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體可以在偽支撐體的單面或兩面具有包含微粒之層(潤滑劑層)。 潤滑劑層中所包含之微粒的直徑係0.05~0.8μm為較佳。 潤滑劑層的厚度係0.05~1.0μm為較佳。 From the viewpoint of handling, the pseudo-support may have a layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles on one or both surfaces of the pseudo-support. The fine particles contained in the lubricant layer preferably have a diameter of 0.05-0.8 μm. The thickness of the lubricant layer is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 μm.

從提高偽支撐體和感光性組成物層的密接性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的與感光性組成物層接觸之面可以進行表面改質處理。 作為表面改質處理,例如,可以舉出使用UV照射、電暈放電及電漿等之處理。 UV照射時之曝光量係10~2000mJ/cm 2為較佳,50~1000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 若曝光量在上述範圍內,燈輸出及照度則無特別限制。 作為UV照射時之光源,例如,可以舉出發出150~450nm波長帶域的光之抵壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超過壓水銀燈、碳弧燈、金鹵燈、疝氣燈、化學燈、無極放電燈及發光二極體(LED)。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesiveness between the pseudo support and the photosensitive composition layer, the surface of the pseudo support that is in contact with the photosensitive composition layer may be subjected to a surface modification treatment. Examples of the surface modification treatment include treatment using UV irradiation, corona discharge, and plasma. The exposure amount during UV irradiation is preferably 10-2000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50-1000 mJ/cm 2 . As long as the exposure amount is within the above range, the lamp output and illuminance are not particularly limited. Examples of light sources for UV irradiation include pressure-resistance mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, excess-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arc lamps, metal halide lamps, xenon lamps, chemical lamps, and electrodeless discharge lamps that emit light in a wavelength range of 150 to 450 nm. and light-emitting diodes (LEDs).

作為偽支撐體,例如,可以舉出厚度係16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、厚度係12μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜及厚度係9μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜。 又,作為偽支撐體,例如,亦可以舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0017]~[0018]段、日本特開2016-027363號公報的[0019]~[0026]段、國際公開第2012/081680號的[0041]~[0057]段及國際公開第2018/179370號的[0029]~[0040]段中的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 作為偽支撐體的市售品,例如,可以舉出Lumirror 16KS40、Lumirror 16FB40(以上為TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC製造)、Cosmo Shine A4100、Cosmo Shine A4300及Cosmo Shine A8300(以上為TOYOBO CO., LTD.製造)。 As the pseudo support, for example, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 12 μm, and a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 9 μm Stretched polyethylene terephthalate film. In addition, as the pseudo-support, for example, paragraphs [0017] to [0018] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-085643, paragraphs [0019] to [0026] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027363, international The descriptions in paragraphs [0041] to [0057] of Publication No. 2012/081680 and paragraphs [0029] to [0040] of International Publication No. 2018/179370 are incorporated into this specification. Commercially available products of the pseudo-support include, for example, Lumirror 16KS40, Lumirror 16FB40 (the above are manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC), Cosmo Shine A4100, Cosmo Shine A4300, and Cosmo Shine A8300 (the above are manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD. ).

〔感光性組成物層〕 本發明的轉印薄膜具有感光性組成物層。 在靜電電容型輸入裝置等具備觸控面板之顯示裝置(例如,有機EL顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等)中,在觸控面板內部設置有相當於視覺辨識部的感測器之電極圖案、周邊配線部分及引出配線部分的配線等導電層圖案。通常,為了形成圖案化之層,廣泛採用了如下方法:使用轉印薄膜等在基板上設置負型感光性組成物層,經由具有所期望的圖案之遮罩對該感光層進行曝光之後,進行顯影。因此,作為感光性組成物層,負型感光性組成物層為較佳。在感光性組成物層係負型感光性組成物層之情況下,所形成之圖案相當於硬化層。 〔Photosensitive composition layer〕 The transfer film of the present invention has a photosensitive composition layer. In a display device (for example, an organic EL display device, a liquid crystal display device, etc.) equipped with a touch panel such as a capacitive input device, the electrode pattern of the sensor corresponding to the visual recognition part and the surrounding area are provided inside the touch panel. Conductive layer patterns such as the wiring part and the wiring of the lead-out wiring part. Generally, in order to form a patterned layer, the following method is widely used: using a transfer film or the like to provide a negative photosensitive composition layer on a substrate, exposing the photosensitive layer through a mask having a desired pattern, and then performing development. Therefore, as the photosensitive composition layer, a negative photosensitive composition layer is preferable. In the case where the photosensitive composition layer is a negative photosensitive composition layer, the formed pattern corresponds to a cured layer.

感光性組成物層包含後述之、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。又,感光性組成物層中,如後述,樹脂包含鹼溶性樹脂(係鹼溶性樹脂之樹脂等)亦較佳。亦即,感光性組成物層含有包含鹼溶性樹脂之樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。 感光性組成物層相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,包含樹脂10~90質量%、聚合性化合物5~70質量%及聚合起始劑0.01~20質量%為較佳。 The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator, which will be described later. Moreover, in the photosensitive composition layer, it is also preferable that the resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (resin which is an alkali-soluble resin, etc.) as mentioned later. That is, it is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains a resin containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains 10 to 90% by mass of the resin, 5 to 70% by mass of the polymerizable compound, and 0.01 to 20% by mass of the polymerization initiator, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

<樹脂> 感光性組成物層可以包含樹脂。 作為樹脂,鹼溶性樹脂為較佳。 作為樹脂,可以使用後述之熱塑性樹脂層中的鹼溶性樹脂。 <Resin> The photosensitive composition layer may contain resin. As the resin, an alkali-soluble resin is preferable. As the resin, an alkali-soluble resin in the thermoplastic resin layer described later can be used.

從抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗及解析度的劣化之觀點考慮,樹脂包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為較佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,例如,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基及經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。 樹脂中的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限相對於樹脂的總質量,80質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,55質量%以下為進一步較佳,45質量%以下為特佳。另外,在感光性組成物層包含複數個樹脂之情況下,源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量的平均值在上述範圍內為較佳。上述平均值使用質量平均值。 It is preferable that the resin contains a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of suppressing thickening of the line width and deterioration of resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. As said aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example. The content of the structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the resin is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 20% by mass, and still more preferably at least 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 55% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the resin. Moreover, when the photosensitive composition layer contains some resin, it is preferable that the average value of content of the structural unit derived from the monomer which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group exists in the said range. The above averages use mass averages.

作為具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如,可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物等),具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳,苯乙烯為更佳。 在樹脂中的具有芳香族烴基之單體係苯乙烯之情況下,源自苯乙烯之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,10~80質量%為較佳,10~60質量%為更佳,20~60質量%為進一步較佳,20~55質量%為特佳,30~45質量%為最佳。 另外,在感光性組成物層包含複數個樹脂之情況下,具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含量的平均值在上述範圍內為較佳。上述平均值使用質量平均值。 As monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butoxybenzene ethylene, acetyloxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.), monomers with aralkyl groups or styrene are preferred, and styrene is more preferred. In the case of mono-system styrene having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the resin, the content of the constituent units derived from styrene is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin. Preferably, 20-60 mass % is more preferable, 20-55 mass % is especially preferable, and 30-45 mass % is most preferable. Moreover, when the photosensitive composition layer contains some resin, it is preferable that the average value of content of the structural unit which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group exists in the said range. The above averages use mass averages.

作為芳烷基,例如,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(其中,去除苄基)及經取代或未經取代之苄基,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。As the aralkyl group, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (wherein, the benzyl group is removed) and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferred. good.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯乙酯。As a monomer which has a phenylalkyl group, phenethyl (meth)acrylate is mentioned, for example.

作為具有苄基之單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯及(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯基苄基氯及乙烯基苯甲醇等具有苄基之乙烯基單體。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。 在樹脂中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分係(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯的情況下,源自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,50~95質量%為較佳,60~90質量%為更佳,70~90質量%為進一步較佳,75~90質量%為特佳。 Examples of monomers having a benzyl group include (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group such as benzyl (meth)acrylate and benzyl chloride (meth)acrylate; vinylbenzyl chloride and vinylbenzene; Vinyl monomers with benzyl groups such as methanol. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. When the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the resin is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content of the structural unit derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate is 50 to 95% by mass based on the total mass of the resin It is more preferable, 60-90 mass % is more preferable, 70-90 mass % is still more preferable, and 75-90 mass % is especially preferable.

包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與後述之第1單體中的至少1種和/或後述之第2單體中的至少1種聚合而獲得為較佳。A resin comprising a constituent unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is obtained by combining a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group with at least one of the first monomers described below and/or at least one of the second monomers described below. It is better to obtain it through a kind of polymerization.

不包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂藉由使後述之第1單體中的至少1種聚合而獲得為較佳,藉由使第1單體中的至少1種與後述之第2單體中的至少1種共聚而獲得為更佳。It is preferable that the resin containing no structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, by combining at least one of the first monomers with It is more preferably obtained by copolymerizing at least one of the second monomers described later.

第1單體係在分子中具有羧基之單體。 作為第1單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、肉桂酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 樹脂中的源自第1單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,5~50質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,15~30質量%為進一步較佳。 在上述含量係5質量%以上之情況下,能夠實現優異之顯影性及邊緣熔融性的控制等。在上述含量係50質量%以下之情況下,能夠實現光阻圖案的高解析性及邊緣形狀的控制及光阻圖案的高耐化學性。 The first monomer system is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid. Acid half ester, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred. The content of the structural unit derived from the first monomer in the resin is preferably from 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably from 15 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin. When the said content is 5 mass % or more, excellent developability, control of edge melting property, etc. can be realizable. When the above-mentioned content is 50% by mass or less, high resolution and edge shape control of the photoresist pattern and high chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern can be realized.

第2單體係非酸性並且係在分子中具有至少1個聚合性不飽和基之單體。 作為第2單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;(甲基)丙烯腈。 其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸甲酯或乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯為更佳。 樹脂中的源自第2單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,5~80質量%為較佳,15~60質量%為更佳,20~60質量%為進一步較佳,20~48質量%為特佳,30~48質量%為最佳。 The second monomer system is non-acidic and is a monomer having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid n-butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid (Meth)acrylic acid esters such as cyclohexyl ester and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol such as vinyl acetate; (meth)acrylonitrile. Among them, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate or n-butyl (meth)acrylate are preferred, methyl methacrylate or Ethyl(meth)acrylate is more preferred. The content of the constituent unit derived from the second monomer in the resin is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass, and 20% to the total mass of the resin. ~48% by mass is particularly preferred, and 30-48% by mass is optimal.

在樹脂包含源自具有芳烷基之單體之構成單元和/或源自苯乙烯之構成單元之情況下,能夠抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗及解析度的劣化。 作為樹脂,包含源自甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元及源自苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物、包含源自甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸乙酯之構成單元及源自苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物、或者包含源自甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元之共聚物為較佳。 作為樹脂的1個較佳態樣,可以舉出包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元30~60質量%、源自第1單體之構成單元10~40質量%及源自第2單體之構成單元20~48質量%。 作為樹脂的另一較佳態樣,可以舉出包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元70~90質量%及源自第1單體之構成單元10~25質量%。 In the case where the resin contains a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aralkyl group and/or a structural unit derived from styrene, it is possible to suppress a thickening of the line width and deterioration of the resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. As the resin, a copolymer containing a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid A copolymer of a structural unit derived from methyl ester, a structural unit derived from ethyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from styrene, or a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid or a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate Copolymers are preferred. A preferable aspect of the resin includes 30 to 60 mass % of structural units derived from monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 10 to 40 mass % of structural units derived from the first monomer, and 10 to 40 mass % of structural units derived from the first monomer. 2 Constituent units of monomers 20 to 48% by mass. Another preferable aspect of the resin includes 70 to 90% by mass of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10 to 25% by mass of a structural unit derived from a first monomer.

樹脂可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、支鏈結構及脂環結構中的任一種。 藉由使用包含在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體或包含在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體,能夠將支鏈結構及脂環結構導入到樹脂的側鏈。具有脂環結構之基團可以係單環及多環中的任一種。 作為包含在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯。 其中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為更佳。 作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基團之單體,例如,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。又,可以舉出具有碳原子數係5個~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 具體而言,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環〔2.2.1]庚基-2)、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇(mentanoindene)-5-基、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇-1-基甲基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環〔3.1.1〕庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環〔4.1.0〕庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。 其中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-薄荷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為更佳。 The resin may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure and an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the resin. The group having an alicyclic structure may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. As a monomer containing a group having a branched chain structure in the side chain, for example, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, ( tertiary butyl methacrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth) acrylate, second pentyl (meth) acrylate, 2-octyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate base) 3-octyl acrylate and tertiary octyl (meth)acrylate. Among them, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tert-butyl methacrylate is preferred, and isopropyl methacrylate or tert-butyl methacrylate is more preferred. As a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in a side chain, for example, a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group are mentioned. Moreover, the (meth)acrylate which has the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of 5-20 carbon atoms is mentioned. Specifically, (meth)acrylic acid (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2), (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-adamantyl ester , (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-ethyl Adantyl ester, 3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate , (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate 2-methyl-2-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate 2 -Ethyl-2-adamantyl ester, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-mentanoindene-5-yl (meth)acrylate, Octahydro-4,7-menthol-1-ylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid -3-Hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1.0 ]heptyl ester, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-trimethylcyclo(meth)acrylate Hexyl ester and cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. Among them, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, norbornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acrylate Adamantyl ester, (meth) fenzyl ester, (meth) acrylate 1-menthyl ester or (meth) acrylate tricyclodecane are preferred, (meth) acrylate cyclohexyl ester, (meth) ) norbornyl acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate are more preferred.

樹脂的Tg係30~150℃為較佳,60~150℃為更佳,90~150℃為進一步較佳,100~150℃為特佳,100~120℃為最佳。The Tg of the resin is preferably 30-150°C, more preferably 60-150°C, still more preferably 90-150°C, particularly preferably 100-150°C, and most preferably 100-120°C.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,樹脂的酸值係220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,小於200mgKOH/g為更佳,小於190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳,小於170mgKOH/g為特佳。從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,下限係10mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,90mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 另外,酸值(mgKOH/g)係指,中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量(mg)。酸值例如能夠按照JIS K0070:1992中記載之方法來求出。 樹脂的酸值能夠藉由樹脂所具有之構成單元的種類和/或包含酸基之構成單元的含量來調整。 From the standpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the acid value of the resin is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably less than 190 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably less than 170 mgKOH/g. From the standpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value (mgKOH/g) refers to the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. An acid value can be calculated|required according to the method of JISK0070:1992, for example. The acid value of resin can be adjusted by the kind of structural unit which resin has, and/or content of the structural unit containing an acid group.

樹脂的重量平均分子量係5,000~500,000為較佳,10,000~100,000為更佳,20,000~50,000為進一步較佳,20,000~40,000為特佳。 在重量平均分子量係500,000以下之情況下,能夠提高解析性及顯影性。又,在重量平均分子量係5,000以上之情況下,能夠控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及轉印薄膜的邊緣熔融性及切割晶片性等未曝光膜的性狀。邊緣熔融性係指,在將轉印薄膜捲取為輥狀之情況下,感光性組成物層容易從輥的端面溢出之程度。切屑性係指,在用切割刀切割未曝光膜之情況下,晶片易散之程度。若該晶片附著於轉印薄膜的上表面等,則在隨後的曝光步驟等中轉印至遮罩而成為不良品的原因。 樹脂的分散度係1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably from 5,000 to 500,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 100,000, still more preferably from 20,000 to 50,000, and most preferably from 20,000 to 40,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less, resolution and developability can be improved. Moreover, in the case where the weight average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, properties of the unexposed film such as the property of the developed aggregate and the edge melting property of the transfer film and the wafer dicing property can be controlled. The edge melting property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive composition layer is likely to protrude from the end surface of the roll when the transfer film is wound up into a roll. Chipping refers to the degree to which a wafer is easily scattered when the unexposed film is cut with a dicing knife. If the wafer adheres to the upper surface of the transfer film, etc., it will be transferred to the mask in the subsequent exposure step and the like, causing defective products. The degree of dispersion of the resin is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 3.0.

感光性組成物層除了上述之樹脂以外,可以包含其他樹脂。 作為其他樹脂,例如,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain other resins other than the above-mentioned resins. Examples of other resins include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, Epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene di alcohol.

樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 在使用2種以上的樹脂之情況下,混合使用2種包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂,或者混合使用包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂和不包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂為較佳。在後者的情況下,包含源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。上限係100質量%以下為較佳。 Resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more resins are used, two resins containing constituent units derived from monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups are used in combination, or resins containing constituent units derived from monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups are used in combination with A resin that does not contain a constituent unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. In the latter case, the content of the resin containing a constituent unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably at least 50% by mass, more preferably at least 70% by mass, and at least 80% by mass based on the total mass of the resin. More preferably, 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less.

樹脂的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,30~70質量%為進一步較佳,40~60質量%為特佳。在樹脂的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,90質量%以下之情況下,能夠控制顯影時間。又,在樹脂的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,10質量%以上之情況下,能夠提高耐邊緣熔融性。The resin content is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, and most preferably 40 to 60% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. . When content of resin is 90 mass % or less with respect to the gross mass of a photosensitive composition layer, developing time can be controlled. Moreover, when content of resin is 10 mass % or more with respect to the gross mass of a photosensitive composition layer, edge melting resistance can be improved.

作為樹脂的合成方法,例如,可以舉出在用丙酮、甲基乙基酮及異丙醇等溶劑稀釋了上述之單獨或複數個單體而成之溶液中,添加適量的過氧化苯甲醯及偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑,並且進行加熱攪拌之方法。可以一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中,一邊進行合成。又,可以在反應結束之後,進一步加入溶劑而調整為所希望的濃度。 又,作為樹脂的合成方法,除了上述以外,可以舉出塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合及乳化聚合。 As a method for synthesizing the resin, for example, adding an appropriate amount of benzoyl peroxide to a solution obtained by diluting the above-mentioned single or multiple monomers with solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and isopropanol And a radical polymerization initiator such as azoisobutyronitrile, and the method of heating and stirring. The synthesis can be performed while adding a part of the mixture dropwise to the reaction liquid. In addition, after completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust to a desired concentration. Moreover, as a synthetic|combination method of resin, block polymerization, suspension polymerization, and emulsion polymerization are mentioned other than the above.

<聚合性化合物> 感光性組成物層包含具有聚合性基之聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係指,受到後述之聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,表示與上述樹脂不同之化合物。 <Polymerizable compound> The photosensitive composition layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group. In addition, in this specification, a "polymerizable compound" means the compound which polymerizes by the action|action of the polymerization initiator mentioned later, and shows the compound different from the above-mentioned resin.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要係與聚合反應相關之基團,則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團;環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group related to the polymerization reaction, for example, vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, styryl group and cis Groups having ethylenically unsaturated groups such as butenedilimide groups; groups having cationic polymerizable groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups. Among them, as the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryl group or a methacryl group is more preferable.

作為聚合性化合物,從感光性組成物層的感光性更優異之觀點考慮,具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳,在一分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。 又,從解析性及剝離性更加優異之觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和化合物在1分子中具有之乙烯性不飽和基的數量係1~6為較佳,1~3為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳,3為特佳。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound (ethylenically unsaturated compound) having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferable from the viewpoint of better photosensitivity of the photosensitive composition layer, and two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups are present in one molecule. The above ethylenically unsaturated compound (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) is more preferable. Also, from the standpoint of more excellent resolving properties and exfoliation properties, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3, and 2-3. For further preference, 3 is particularly preferable.

從感光性組成物層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物包含在一分子中具有2個或3個乙烯性不飽和基之2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含在一分子中具有3個乙烯性不飽和基之3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 藉由包含上述3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,能夠調整彈性模數X。 From the viewpoint of a better balance between photosensitivity, resolving power, and peelability of the photosensitive composition layer, the polymerizable compound includes bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenic compounds having 2 or 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. An unsaturated compound is preferable, and it is more preferable to contain a trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. The elastic modulus X can be adjusted by including the above-mentioned trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.

從剝離性優異之觀點考慮,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量,20質量%以上為較佳,大於40質量%為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。上限並無特別限制,但100質量%以下為較佳。亦即,感光性組成物層中所包含之所有的聚合性化合物可以係2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 從能夠調整彈性模數X之觀點考慮,3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並無特別限制,100質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。亦即,感光性組成物層中所包含之所有的聚合性化合物可以係3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 又,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,具有(甲基)丙烯醯基作為聚合性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。 From the viewpoint of excellent releasability, the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably at least 20% by mass, more preferably at least 40% by mass, and still more preferably at least 55% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound. , more than 90% by mass is especially good. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100% by mass or less. That is, all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. From the viewpoint of being able to adjust the elastic modulus X, the content of the trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 100% by mass, more preferably at most 80% by mass, and still more preferably at most 50% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive composition layer may be trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Also, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound having a (meth)acryl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.

(聚合性化合物B1) 感光性組成物層包含具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物B1亦較佳。聚合性化合物B1係上述之聚合性化合物B中的在一分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 (polymerizable compound B1) It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains the polymerizable compound B1 which has an aromatic ring and 2 ethylenically unsaturated groups. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B.

作為聚合性化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如,可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環;噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環等芳香族雜環;該等的稠環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。 另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 聚合性化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 As the aromatic ring possessed by the polymerizable compound B1, for example, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring; aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, and pyridine ring; An aromatic heterocyclic ring; such condensed rings are preferably aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and more preferably benzene rings. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may have a substituent. The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性組成物層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如,可以舉出源自雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、源自雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及源自雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 It is preferable that polymerizable compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing swelling of the photosensitive composition layer by a developing solution. As the bisphenol structure, for example, a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), a structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) hydroxyphenyl) methane) and bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), bisphenol A structure is better.

作為具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,例如,可以舉出具有雙酚結構和與該雙酚結構的兩端鍵結之2個聚合性基(較佳係(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基鍵結。作為加成到雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成到雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數量並無特別限制,但是每1個分子係4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,可以舉出日本特開2016-224162號公報的[0072]~[0080]段,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include those having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. compound. Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkoxyl group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxyl or propoxyl is preferred, and ethoxyl is more preferred. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14. Regarding the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure, paragraphs [0072] to [0080] of JP-A-2016-224162 can be cited, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為聚合性化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如,可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)。 As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is better. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethyl) Oxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2 ,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydecamethacryloxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. Pentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) .

作為聚合性化合物B1,由通式(B1)表示之化合物亦較佳。As the polymerizable compound B1, a compound represented by the general formula (B1) is also preferable.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

式(B1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。A表示C 2H 4。B表示C 3H 6。n1及n3分別獨立地表示1~39的整數。n1+n3係2~40的整數。n2及n4分別獨立地表示0~29的整數。n2+n4係0~30的整數。 -(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的構成單元的序列可以係隨機的,亦可以係封端的。在係封端的情況下,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-均可以在雙苯基側。 作為n1+n2+n3+n4,2~20為較佳,2~16為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。又,n2+n4係0~10為較佳,0~4為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In formula (B1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A represents C 2 H 4 . B represents C 3 H 6 . n1 and n3 each independently represent the integer of 1-39. n1+n3 is an integer of 2-40. n2 and n4 each independently represent the integer of 0-29. n2+n4 is an integer of 0-30. The sequence of the constituent units of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be random or blocked. In the case of being blocked, both -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the side of the bisphenyl group. As n1+n2+n3+n4, 2-20 are preferable, 2-16 are more preferable, 4-12 are still more preferable. Also, n2+n4 is preferably 0-10, more preferably 0-4, still more preferably 0-2, and particularly preferably 0.

聚合性化合物B1可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物B1的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,25質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,但是從轉印性及邊緣熔融(感光性樹脂從轉印部件的端部滲出之現象)之觀點考慮,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 The polymerizable compound B1 may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of better resolution, the content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 20% by mass, and still more preferably at least 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. . The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin bleeds from the end of the transfer member).

從解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物B1的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量,40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並無特別限制,但從剝離性之之觀點考慮,100質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,95質量%以下為進一步較佳,90質量%以下為特佳,85質量%以下為最佳。From the standpoint of better resolution, the content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 55% by mass or more, and 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound. More than mass% is especially good. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, 100% by mass or less is more preferred, 99% by mass or less is more preferred, 95% by mass or less is more preferred, 90% by mass or less is particularly preferred, and 85% by mass or less is preferred. Below % is the best.

(其他聚合性化合物) 感光性組成物層除了上述之聚合性化合物B1以外,可以包含其他聚合性化合物。 作為其他聚合性化合物,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的聚合性化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 (other polymeric compounds) The photosensitive composition layer may contain other polymerizable compounds in addition to the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1. It does not specifically limit as another polymeric compound, It can select suitably from well-known polymeric compounds. Examples include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸鹽、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及苯氧基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinate, polyethylene glycol Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate and Phenoxyethyl(meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。又,作為市售品,例如,可以舉出8UX-015A(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane ester di(meth)acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), Methanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate and new Pentylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. )Acrylate. Examples of urethane di(meth)acrylate include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified amino Formate di(meth)acrylate. Also, as commercially available products, for example, 8UX-015A (manufactured by TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,. LTD.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。 在此,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a trifunctional or higher function include diperythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra) (methyl) Acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate (meth)acrylates, glycerol tri(meth)acrylates and their alkylene oxide modified substances. Here, "(three/four/five/six) (meth)acrylates" include tri(meth)acrylates, tetra(meth)acrylates, penta(meth)acrylates and hexa(meth)acrylates ) the concept of acrylate, "(three/four) (meth)acrylate" includes the concept of three (meth)acrylate and four (meth)acrylate.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,例如,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化丙三醇三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. -20, A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin -ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX M -510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.).

又,聚合性化合物可以係具有酸基(羧基等)之聚合性化合物。上述酸基可以形成酸酐基。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,例如,可以舉出ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及ARONIX(註冊商標)M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)。 作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,例如,可以舉出日本特開2004-239942號公報的[0025]~[0030]段中所記載之具有酸基之聚合性化合物。 In addition, the polymerizable compound may be a polymerizable compound having an acidic group (such as a carboxyl group). The above-mentioned acid groups may form acid anhydride groups. As the polymeric compound having an acid group, for example, ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX (registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.). Examples of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include those described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] of JP-A-2004-239942.

作為聚合性化合物(包含聚合性化合物B1)的分子量(在具有分子量分佈之情況下係重量平均分子量),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight when there is a molecular weight distribution) of the polymerizable compound (including the polymerizable compound B1) is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and still more preferably 300 to 2,200.

聚合性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 聚合性化合物的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,10~70質量%為較佳,15~70質量%為更佳,20~70質量%為進一步較佳。 A polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 10 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably from 20 to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於樹脂的含量的質量比(2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量/樹脂的含量),0.10~1.00為較佳,0.50~1.00為更佳,0.60~1.00為進一步較佳,0.60~0.80為特佳。From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the mass ratio of the content of the bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the resin (content of the bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound/resin content) is preferably 0.10 to 1.00 , 0.50-1.00 is more preferable, 0.60-1.00 is still more preferable, and 0.60-0.80 is especially preferable.

感光性組成物層包含上述之聚合性化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物亦較佳,包含上述之聚合性化合物B1及2種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 聚合性化合物B1的質量相對於3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量的質量比,1.0~5.0為較佳,1.2~4.0為更佳,1.5~3.0為進一步較佳。 又,感光性組成物層包含上述之聚合性化合物B1及3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and it is more preferable to include the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. . The mass ratio of the mass of the polymerizable compound B1 to the mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably from 1.2 to 4.0, and still more preferably from 1.5 to 3.0. Moreover, it is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.

<聚合起始劑> 感光性組成物層包含聚合起始劑亦較佳。 聚合起始劑可依據聚合反應的形式來選擇,例如,可以舉出熱聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑。 聚合起始劑可以係自由基聚合起始劑,亦可以係陽離子聚合起始劑。 <Polymerization initiator> It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains a polymerization initiator. A polymerization initiator can be selected according to the form of a polymerization reaction, For example, a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator are mentioned. The polymerization initiator may be a radical polymerization initiator or a cationic polymerization initiator.

感光性組成物層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係接收紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活化光線,而開始聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 It is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains a photoinitiator. A photopolymerization initiator is a compound that receives activating rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays to start polymerization of a polymerizable compound. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example, A photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure, photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure. A photopolymerization initiator with a structure, a photopolymerization initiator with an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and a photopolymerization initiator with an N-phenylglycine structure.

又,從感光性、曝光部及非曝光部的可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中的至少1種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物中的2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑結構可以相同,亦可以不同。 作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物,例如,可以舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體。 In addition, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity, visibility and resolution of exposed and non-exposed parts, the photosensitive composition layer contains a compound selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers and derivatives thereof. At least one of them is preferred as a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, the structures of two 2,4,5-triarylimidazoles in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different. Examples of derivatives of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers include 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl )-4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出日本特開2011-095716號公報的[0031]~[0042]段及日本特開2015-014783號公報的[0064]~[0081]段中所記載之聚合起始劑。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include paragraphs [0031] to [0042] of JP-A-2011-095716 and paragraphs [0064]-[0081] of JP-A-2015-014783. The described polymerization initiator.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、茴香基(p,p’-二甲氧基芐基)、TAZ-110(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)1-[4-(苯硫基)]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-04(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)丁酮-1(產品名稱:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(產品名稱:Lunar 6,DKSH Management Ltd.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基雙咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體)(產品名稱:B-CIM,Hampford Research Inc.製造)、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(產品名稱:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)(產品名稱:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-305,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-326,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)及3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)己醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-391,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p,p'-dimethoxy benzyl), TAZ-110 (product name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, TAZ-111 (product name : Manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.) 1-[4-(Phenylthio)]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone-1-(O-acetyloxime ) (product name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4 -methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (product name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-methyl-1- (4-Methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2 -methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1 -(4-morpholinephenyl)butanone-1 (product name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 1173 , manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (product name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one ( Product name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), bis(2,4 ,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (product name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Management Ltd.) , 2,2'-double (2 -chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer) (product name: B- CIM, manufactured by Hampford Research Inc.), 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (product name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (product name: BCTB , manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (Product name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-furan ylcarbonyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 2-(O-acetyloxime) (product name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.) and 3-cyclo Hexyl-1-(6-(2-(benzoyloxyimino)hexyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-propane-1,2-dione-2 -(O-Benzoxime) (product name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)係接收活化光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應波長300nm以上(較佳係波長300~450nm)的活化光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳。又,關於不直接感應波長300nm以上的活化光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,若係藉由併用敏化劑來感應波長300nm以上的活化光線而產生酸之化合物,亦能夠與敏化劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa係4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa係3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa係2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限並無特別限定,-10.0以上為較佳。 Photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acid upon receiving activated light. As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that generates acid by responding to activating light with a wavelength of 300nm or more (preferably a wavelength of 300-450nm) is preferred. Also, regarding the photocationic polymerization initiator that does not directly respond to activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, if it is a compound that generates an acid by using a sensitizer in combination with activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, it can also be combined with the sensitizer. better use. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, the photocationic polymerization initiator that produces an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, the photocationic polymerization initiator that produces an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and the photocationic polymerization initiator that produces an acid with a pKa of 2 or less The photocatalytic polymerization initiator of acid is especially preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly limited, but -10.0 or more is preferable.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物、以及四級銨鹽類。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0114]~[0133]段中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, for example, onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triaryliumium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraph [0114]-[0133] of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-085643 is mentioned, for example.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以舉出日本特開2011-221494號公報的[0083]~[0088]段中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的[0084]~[0088]段中所記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-symmetrical trisulfones, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Examples of the trichloromethyl-symmetric trisulfones, diazomethane compounds, and imidesulfonate compounds include compounds described in paragraphs [0083] to [0088] of JP-A-2011-221494. Moreover, examples of the oxime sulfonate compound include compounds described in paragraphs [0084] to [0088] of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

聚合起始劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 聚合起始劑(較佳係光聚合起始劑)的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳。上限相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。 A polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the polymerization initiator (preferably a photopolymerization initiator) is preferably at least 0.1% by mass, more preferably at least 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The upper limit is preferably at most 20 mass %, more preferably at most 15 mass %, and still more preferably at most 10 mass %, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

<色素> 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層包含顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的最大吸收波長係450nm以上並且藉由酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素(還稱為“色素N”。)亦較佳。若包含色素N,詳細機制尚不清楚,但是與相鄰之層(例如,偽水溶性樹脂層)的密接性得到提高,解析性更優異。 <Pigment> From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, and the visibility and resolution of the pattern after development, the photosensitive composition layer includes a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm during color development, and by A dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or radical (also referred to as "dye N") is also preferable. When the dye N is contained, the detailed mechanism is not clear, but the adhesion with the adjacent layer (for example, the pseudo-water-soluble resin layer) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.

在本說明書中,色素“藉由酸、鹼或自由基而極大吸收波長改變”可以係指,處於顯色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及顯色狀態下的色素改變成其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一個態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以係藉由曝光從脫色狀態改變而顯色之化合物,亦可以係藉由曝光從顯色狀態改變而脫色之化合物。在上述之情況下,可以係藉由曝光而在感光性組成物層內產生酸、鹼或自由基並發揮作用而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素,亦可以係藉由酸、鹼或自由基而感光性組成物層內的狀態(例如pH)改變,而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素。又,還可以係不經由曝光而直接接受酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素。 In this specification, a pigment "changes its maximum absorption wavelength by acid, alkali or free radical" may refer to a state in which a pigment in a color-developed state is decolorized by an acid, alkali or free radical, or in a decolorized state. Any of the state in which the pigment in the pigment develops color by acid, alkali or free radicals and the state in which the pigment in the color state changes to another color state. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that develops color by changing from a decolorized state by exposure, or may be a compound that decolorizes by changing from a color-developed state by exposure. In the above cases, it may be a pigment that generates acid, alkali or free radicals in the photosensitive composition layer by exposure and acts to change the state of color development or decolorization, or it may be a pigment that is exposed to acid, alkali or free radicals. Free radicals change the state (such as pH) in the photosensitive composition layer to change the state of color development or decolorization. In addition, it may be a pigment that is directly stimulated by an acid, an alkali or a free radical without exposure to light to change the state of color development or decolorization.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層包含作為色素N的藉由自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or radicals, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part. for better. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the photosensitive composition layer contains both a dye that changes the maximum absorption wavelength by radicals as the dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator. better. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part, it is preferable that the dye N is a dye that develops color with an acid, an alkali or a radical.

作為色素N的顯色機構,例如,可以舉出如下態樣:在感光性組成物層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑,曝光之後因由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)顯色。As the coloring mechanism of the dye N, for example, an aspect in which a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator is added to the photosensitive composition layer is mentioned. , after exposure due to free radicals, acids or bases generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators or photobase generators, radical reactive dyes, acid reactive dyes or base reactive dyes (such as colorless pigments) for color development.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,作為色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長,550nm以上為較佳,550~700nm為更佳,550~650nm為進一步較佳。 又,色素N可以在顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中僅具有1個極大吸收波長,亦可以具有2個以上。在色素N在顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中具有2個以上的極大吸收波長之情況下,只要2個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長係450nm以上即可。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, as the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm in the color development of the dye N, 550 nm or more is preferable, 550 to 700 nm is more preferable, and 550 to 650 nm is preferably Further better. In addition, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm for color development, the maximum absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.

關於色素N的極大吸收波長,能夠藉由在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計:UV3100(SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),在400~780nm的範圍內測量包含色素N之溶液(液溫係25℃)的透射光譜,並檢測光的強度達到極小之波長(極大吸收波長)而測量。Regarding the maximum absorption wavelength of dye N, the transmission of a solution (liquid temperature: 25°C) containing dye N can be measured in the range of 400 to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION) in an atmospheric atmosphere Spectrum, and detect the intensity of light reaches the minimum wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength) and measure.

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,無色化合物為較佳。 As a coloring matter which develops or decolorizes by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes that decolorize by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, 㗁𠯤-based dyes, Kuchi Yamaguchi-based dyes, iminonaphthoquinone-based dyes, azomethine-based dyes, and Anthraquinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如,可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺旋哌喃骨架之無色化合物(螺旋哌喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有白色黃金胺骨架之無色化合物(白色黃金胺系色素)。 其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane-based dye), a colorless compound having a helicopyran skeleton (helicopyran-based dye), and a colorless compound having a fluorescent yellow mother skeleton (fluorescent yellow matrix pigment), colorless compound with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigment), colorless compound with rhodamine lactamide skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigment), indole A colorless compound with an indolylphthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigment) and a colorless compound with a white gold amine skeleton (white gold amine pigment). Among them, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) with triphenylmethane skeletons or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are more preferred.

無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應,使無色化合物改變成閉環狀態而脫色或者使無色化合物改變成開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環,並且藉由自由基或酸而內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環,並且藉由自由基或酸而內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。The colorless compound preferably has a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion. Thereby, the lactone ring, sultone ring or sultone ring of the colorless compound can be reacted with the free radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator , Change the colorless compound to a ring-closed state to decolorize or change the colorless compound to a ring-opened state to develop color. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring and developing color by free radicals or acids opening the lactone ring, sultone ring or sultone ring is Preferably, it has a lactone ring and is more preferably a compound that develops color by opening the lactone ring with a radical or an acid.

作為色素N,例如,可以舉出染料及無色化合物。 作為染料,例如,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲苯酚藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯紅紫4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉#312(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅#308(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺醯羅丹明B、黃金胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂胺基-4-對N,N-雙(羥乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮及1-β-萘-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮。 Examples of the dye N include dyes and leuco compounds. Examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, bengal Rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzene red purple 4B, α- Naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin, Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate, Victoria pure blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd. ), Oil Blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Powder #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactured), SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresyl violet, cresyl red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulforhodamine B, auramine, 4-p-diethyl Aminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxy Ethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthalene- 4-p-Diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

作為無色化合物,例如,可以舉出p,p’,p’’-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲胺基苯基)-6-二甲胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺旋異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Examples of colorless compounds include p,p',p''-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, peacock Green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 2-aniline Base-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidine) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent Luminous yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl -7-stibamidofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino )-6-methoxy-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-di Ethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-stibamidofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinyl fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-pyrrolidinyl- 6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl -2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-(4-diethyl Amino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-phthalide, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl )-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran-1(3H), 9'-[9H]koustar-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性優異之觀點考慮,色素N係藉由自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area and the non-exposed area, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, it is preferable that the pigment N is a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by free radicals, and the color is developed by free radicals. The pigment is better. As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate are preferable.

色素N可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性優異之觀點考慮,色素N的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1~1質量%為特佳。 One type of dye N may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. From the viewpoint of excellent visibility of exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and excellent resolution, the content of the pigment N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and 0.1 to 0.1% by mass. 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1-5 mass % is further more preferable, and 0.1-1 mass % is especially preferable.

色素N的含量表示使感光性組成物層的總質量中所包含之色素N全部成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備將色素N0.001g及0.01g溶解於甲基乙基酮100mL中而得之溶液。在所獲得之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(Irgacure OXE01,BASF Japan Ltd.製造),照射波長365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,將所有色素N設為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量液溫係25℃的各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素N而將感光性組成物層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此以外,藉由與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所得到之包含感光性組成物層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出感光性組成物層中所包含之色素N的含量。 另外,感光性組成物層3g與感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分3g相同。 The content of the dye N shows the content of the dye when all the dye N contained in the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. A solution obtained by dissolving 0.001 g and 0.01 g of dye N in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone was prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator (Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm to generate radicals to bring all the dyes N into a color-developed state. Then, under the air atmosphere, using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured to prepare a calibration curve. Next, except for dissolving 3 g of the photosensitive composition layer in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye N, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dye was developed was measured by the same method as above. Based on the obtained absorbance of the solution containing the photosensitive composition layer, the content of the pigment N contained in the photosensitive composition layer is calculated according to the calibration curve. In addition, the photosensitive composition layer 3g is the same as the total solid content 3g in the photosensitive resin composition.

<熱交聯性化合物> 從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層可以包含熱交聯性化合物。 另外,在本說明書中,具有後述之乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不被視係聚合性化合物,而被視為熱交聯性化合物。 作為熱交聯性化合物,例如,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性之觀點考慮,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 封端異氰酸酯化合物由於與羥基及羧基反應,因此例如,在樹脂和/或聚合性化合物等至少具有羥基及羧基之情況下, 存在所形成之膜的親水性降低,並且將感光性組成物層硬化而用作膜時之功能得到強化之傾向。 另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指,“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮罩)異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 <Heat-crosslinkable compound> From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film, the photosensitive composition layer may contain a heat-crosslinkable compound. In addition, in this specification, the heat-crosslinkable compound which has the ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not regarded as a polymeric compound, but is regarded as a heat-crosslinkable compound. As a heat-crosslinkable compound, a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound are mentioned, for example. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. Since the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, for example, when a resin and/or a polymerizable compound has at least a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, There exists a tendency for the hydrophilicity of the formed film to fall, and to harden the photosensitive composition layer and use it as a film to strengthen the function. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which an isocyanate group of an isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent."

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度,100~160℃為較佳,130~150℃為更佳。 封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指,“使用示差掃描熱量儀,藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描量熱法)分析測量時的、伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量儀,例如,能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量儀(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量儀並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is preferably from 100 to 160°C, more preferably from 130 to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate refers to "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when analyzed and measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry: differential scanning calorimetry) using a differential scanning calorimeter." As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度係100~160℃的封端劑,例如,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物(丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲基、丙二酸二乙基、丙二酸二正丁酯及丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等))、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、乙醯肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有由-C(=N-OH)-表示之結構之化合物)。 其中,作為解離溫度係100~160℃的封端劑,例如,從保存穩定性之觀點考慮,選自肟化合物中之至少1種為較佳。 As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160°C, for example, active methylene compounds (malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, etc.) Esters and 2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.), oxime compounds (formaldoxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetyloxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C ( =N-OH)-compound of the structure represented). Among them, as the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160° C., for example, at least one selected from oxime compounds is preferred from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力之觀點考慮,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化來保護而獲得。 其中,作為具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物,從相較於不具有肟結構之化合物容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,並且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點考慮,具有使用肟化合物作為封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the film and improving the adhesive force with the transfer target. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among them, as a blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure, it is easier to set the dissociation temperature within a preferable range than a compound not having an oxime structure, and it is easy to reduce development residue. Compounds Compounds with an oxime structure as an end-capping agent are preferred.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及縮水甘油基等具有環氧基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,例如,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上由SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型DURANATE系列(例如,DURANATE(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、DURANATE(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等及Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.製造)。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,例如,還可以舉出下述結構的化合物。 Examples of blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.), blocked type DURANATE series (for example, DURANATE (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, DURANATE (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.). As a blocked isocyanate compound, the compound of the following structure is also mentioned, for example.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 在感光性組成物層包含熱交聯性化合物之情況下,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,1~50質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳。 A heat-crosslinkable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. good.

<顏料> 感光性組成物層可以係包含顏料之著色樹脂層。 近年來,在電子設備所具有之液晶顯示窗有時會安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃,以保護液晶顯示窗。為了形成該種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要依據所期望的色相來適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料及除了黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,在形成黑色系圖案之情況下,可較佳地選擇黑色顏料作為顏料。 <Pigment> The photosensitive composition layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In recent years, a cover glass in which a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer is formed on the back peripheral portion of a transparent glass substrate or the like is sometimes attached to a liquid crystal display window of an electronic device to protect the liquid crystal display window. In order to form such a light-shielding layer, a colored resin layer can be used. As a pigment, what is necessary is just to select suitably according to desired hue, and can select from black pigment, white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, in the case of forming a black-based pattern, a black pigment can be preferably selected as the pigment.

(黑色顏料) 作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。 其中,光學濃度之觀點考慮,作為黑色顏料,碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦或石墨為較佳,碳黑為更佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻之觀點考慮,表面的至少一部分被樹脂包覆之碳黑為較佳。 (black pigment) Known black pigments (organic pigments, inorganic pigments, etc.) can be appropriately selected as the black pigment within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, or graphite are preferred as the black pigment, and carbon black is more preferred. Carbon black having at least a part of the surface covered with a resin is preferable from the viewpoint of surface resistance.

關於黑色顏料的粒徑(數均粒徑),從分散穩定性之觀點考慮,0.001~0.1μm為較佳,0.01~0.08μm為更佳。 另外,粒徑係指,依據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數均粒徑係對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而獲得之平均值。 The particle size (number average particle size) of the black pigment is preferably from 0.001 to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.08 μm, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. In addition, the particle diameter refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is calculated from the photographic image of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered, and the number average particle diameter is for any 100 Particles The average value obtained by calculating the above-mentioned particle size and averaging the calculated particle sizes of 100 particles.

作為白色顏料,例如,可以舉出無機顏料、日本特開2005-007765號公報的[0015]及[0114]段中記載之白色顏料。 作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型氧化鈦為特佳,金紅石型氧化鈦為最佳。 又,可以對氧化鈦的表面實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施兩種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,耐熱性及褪光性得到改善。 從減小加熱後的感光性組成物層的厚度之觀點考慮,作為對氧化鈦的表面的表面處理,實施氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,實施氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為更佳。 Examples of white pigments include inorganic pigments and white pigments described in paragraphs [0015] and [0114] of JP-A-2005-007765. As the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferred, titanium oxide is further preferred , rutile or anatase titanium oxide is particularly preferred, and rutile titanium oxide is the best. In addition, silica treatment, alumina treatment, titania treatment, zirconia treatment, or organic treatment may be performed on the surface of titanium oxide, or two or more treatments may be performed. Thereby, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance and delustering properties are improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer after heating, it is preferable to perform at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide, and perform alumina treatment and zirconia treatment. Zirconium dioxide is better for both.

又,在感光性組成物層係著色樹脂層之情況下,從轉印性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層包含黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,從分散性更優異之觀點考慮,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。下限係10nm以上為較佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如,可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index:色指數(以下為C.I.)42595)、黃金胺(C.I.41000)、脂黑HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾賴特黃GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久洋紅FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、主酵母紅ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久紅寶石FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉B蘇普拉(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉爾牢藍(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾賴特牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 Moreover, when a photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that a photosensitive composition layer contains color pigments other than a black pigment and a white pigment from a viewpoint of transferability. When a color pigment is included, the particle diameter of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility. The lower limit is preferably 10 nm or more. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index: Color Index (C.I.) 42595), Goldamine (C.I. 41000), Fat Black HB (C.I. 26150), Monoright Yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), Permanent Yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), Permanent Magenta FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), Master Yeast Red ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby FBH ( C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel Powder B Supra (C.I. Pigment Red 81), Monastral Fast Blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monoright Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.

顏料可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 在感光性組成物層包含顏料之情況下,作為顏料的含量,相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,大於3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,大於3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,大於5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10~35質量%以下為特佳。 A pigment may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 40% by mass, and more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer More preferably, more than 5 mass % and 35 mass % or less are still more preferable, and 10-35 mass % or less are especially preferable.

在感光性組成物層包含黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)之情況下,黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料的總質量,30質量%以下為較佳,1~20質量%為更佳,3~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive composition layer contains pigments (white pigments and color pigments) other than black pigments, the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less, 1 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of black pigments % is more preferable, and 3-15 mass % is still more preferable.

在感光性組成物層包含黑色顏料之情況下,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性組成物為較佳。 分散液可以係藉由在有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中加入預先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而獲得之混合物並使用分散機進行分散來製備者。關於顏料分散劑,只要依據顏料及溶劑來選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指,在設為顏料分散液之情況下,分散有顏料之介質的部分,且為液狀,並且包含以分散狀態保持黑色顏料之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains a black pigment, it is preferable to introduce the black pigment (preferably carbon black) into the photosensitive composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. The dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle), and dispersing using a disperser. What is necessary is just to select a pigment dispersant according to a pigment and a solvent, For example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the vehicle means, in the case of a pigment dispersion, the part of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed, and is liquid, and contains a binder component that holds the black pigment in a dispersed state and a component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. Solvent composition (organic solvents).

作為分散機,例如,可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機、超級碾磨機、溶解器、均質混合器及混砂機等公知的分散機。 又,可以藉由機械磨碎利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。作為分散機及微粉碎,例如,可以舉出“顏料的百科全書”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd.,2000年,438頁、310頁)的記載。 Examples of the dispersing machine include known dispersing machines such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mixer. In addition, fine pulverization can be carried out by mechanical grinding using frictional force. Examples of the dispersing machine and fine pulverization include the descriptions in "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd., 2000, pages 438 and 310).

<其他添加劑> 感光性組成物層除了上述成分以外,還可以依需要包含公知的添加劑(其他添加劑)。 作為其他添加劑,例如,可以舉出自由基聚合抑制劑、苯并三唑類、羧基苯并三唑類、敏化劑、界面活性劑、塑化劑、雜環狀化合物(三唑等)、吡啶類(異菸鹼醯胺等)及嘌呤鹼(腺嘌呤等)。 又,作為其他添加劑,可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、紫外線吸收劑、增稠劑、交聯劑及有機或無機的沉澱抑制劑、日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0165]~[0184]段,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 其他添加劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 <Other additives> The photosensitive composition layer may contain known additives (other additives) as needed in addition to the above components. Examples of other additives include radical polymerization inhibitors, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, sensitizers, surfactants, plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds (triazoles, etc.), Pyridines (isonicotinamide, etc.) and purine bases (adenine, etc.). In addition, other additives include metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid multiplying agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, crosslinking agents, and organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors. Agent, paragraphs [0165] to [0184] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-085643, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. One type of other additives may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

(自由基聚合抑制劑) 作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的[0018]段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑,啡噻、吩㗁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。 作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如,可以舉出萘胺、氯化亞銅、亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺。其中,從不損害感光性組成物層的靈敏度之觀點考慮,亞硝基苯基羥胺鋁鹽為較佳。 自由基聚合抑制劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 在感光性組成物層包含自由基聚合抑制劑之情況下,自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.02~2.0質量%為進一步較佳。 自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量,0.005~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.01~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 (Free Radical Polymerization Inhibitor) Examples of radical polymerization inhibitors include thermal polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph [0018] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784, among which phenthiazine, phenomethanol, or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable. Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, and diphenylnitrosoamine. Among them, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt is preferable from the viewpoint of not impairing the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition layer. A radical polymerization inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a radical polymerization inhibitor, the content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. Preferably, 0.02 to 2.0 mass % is still more preferable. The content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.005 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound.

(苯并三唑類) 作為苯并三唑類,例如,可以舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑及雙(N-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑。 (benzotriazoles) Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)amino Methylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl base) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.

(羧基苯并三唑類) 作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如,可以舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑及N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基伸乙基羧基苯并三唑。 作為羧基苯并三唑類,具體而言,可以舉出CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD、產品名稱)。 (Carboxybenzotriazoles) As carboxybenzotriazoles, for example, 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N- Di-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and N-(N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl)aminoethylenylcarboxybenzotriazole. Specific examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD, product name).

自由基聚合抑制劑、苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類的合計含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.01~3質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。在上述含量係0.01質量%以上之情況下,感光性組成物層的保存穩定性更加優異。另一方面,在上述含量係3質量%以下之情況下,靈敏度的維持及染料的脫色的抑制更加優異。The total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, benzotriazoles, and carboxybenzotriazoles is preferably from 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. When the said content is 0.01 mass % or more, the storage stability of a photosensitive composition layer becomes more excellent. On the other hand, when the above content is 3% by mass or less, the maintenance of sensitivity and the suppression of decolorization of the dye are more excellent.

(敏化劑) 作為敏化劑,例如,可以舉出公知的敏化劑、染料及顏料。 作為敏化劑,例如,可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧雜蒽酮化合物、噻口星酮化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。 (sensitizer) As a sensitizer, a well-known sensitizer, dye, and a pigment are mentioned, for example. Examples of sensitizers include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, tiostatone compounds, and acridone compounds. , azole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, trioxazole compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene dicarboxamides Amine compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds.

在感光性組成物層包含敏化劑之情況下,從提高對光源的靈敏度及提高基於聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡之硬化速度之觀點考慮,敏化劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。In the case where the photosensitive composition layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer relative to the content of the photosensitive composition layer should be considered from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and increasing the hardening speed based on the balance between the polymerization speed and chain transfer. The total mass is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass.

(界面活性劑) 作為界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的[0017]段及日本特開2009-237362號公報的[0060]~[0071]段中記載之界面活性劑。 (surfactant) Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraph [0017] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs [0060] to [0071] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.

作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如,可以舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS-578-2、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94及DS-21(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、SurflonS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC INC.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、FTERGENT 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為NEOS Corporation製造)、U-120E(UNICHEM CO.,LTD.)等。 As the surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F -144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557 , F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, EXP.MFS-578, EXP .MFS-578-2, EXP.MFS-579, EXP.MFS-586, EXP.MFS-587, EXP.MFS-628, EXP.MFS-631, EXP.MFS-603, R-41, R-41 -LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, and DS-21 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (Above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), SurflonS-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (Above Manufactured for AGC INC.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc. above), FTERGENT 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (manufactured by NEOS Corporation), U-120E (UNICHEM CO., LTD.), etc.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物係具有具備含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。 作為這種氟系界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)及日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日))。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠使用封端聚合物。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和源自具有2個以上(較佳係5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳係伸乙基氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,例如,亦能夠使用在側鏈具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之含氟聚合物,可以舉出MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K及RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)。 Also, as a fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and the functional group containing a fluorine atom being partly cut off when heat is applied can also be preferably used. And the fluorine atom volatilizes. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016) and Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)). Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a blocked polymer can also be used. In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound including a constituent unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two A constituent unit of the (meth)acrylate compound of the above (preferably 5 or more) alkoxyl groups (preferably ethylenyloxy, propoxyl groups). Moreover, as a fluorine-based surfactant, for example, a fluorine-containing polymer having a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used, and MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS -72-K (the above is manufactured by DIC Corporation).

作為氟系界面活性劑,從提高環境適應性之觀點考慮,源自全氟辛酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)等具有碳數係7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物的替代材料之界面活性劑為較佳。Fluorine-based surfactants derived from compounds having a straight-chain perfluoroalkyl group with a carbon number of 7 or more, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), from the viewpoint of improving environmental adaptability The surfactant of the alternative material is preferred.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷、該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯;PLURONIC(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2及25R2(以上為BASF公司製造);TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904及150R1、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上為BASF公司製造);SOLSPERSE 20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造);NCW-101、NCW-1001及NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造);Pionin D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W及D-6315(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co., Ltd.製造);OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerin propoxylate, glycerin Ethoxylates, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol Alcohol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester; PLURONIC (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2 and 25R2 (manufactured by BASF); TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904 and 150R1, HYDROPALAT WE 3323 (the above are manufactured by BASF); SOLSPERSE 20000 (the above are manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.); NCW-101, NCW-1001 and NCW-1002 (the above are FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation); Pionin D-1105, D-6112, D-6112-W, and D-6315 (the above are manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co., Ltd.); OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (The above are manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵結組成之直鏈狀聚合物以及在側鏈和/或末端導入了有機基團之改質矽氧烷聚合物。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers having organic groups introduced into side chains and/or terminals.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA及Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為BYK-Chemie GmbH製造);X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001及KF-6002、KP-101KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626及KP-652(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造);F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460及TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造);BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378及BYK323(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)。Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include EXP.S-309-2, EXP.S-315, EXP.S-503-2, and EXP.S-505-2 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION ), DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA and Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by X-Chemie GmbH above); -4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22 -4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001 and KF-6002, KP-101KP-103, KP-104, KP-105, KP-106, KP-109, KP-109, KP-112, KP -120, KP-121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322, KP-323, KP-327, KP-341, KP-368, KP-369 , KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626 and KP-652 (the above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460及TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造);BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377 , BYK378 and BYK323 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).

在感光性組成物層包含界面活性劑之情況下,界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,0.01~3.0質量%為較佳,0.01~1.0質量%為更佳,0.05~0.8質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive composition layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.05 to 1.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. 0.8 mass % is more preferable.

作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的[0097]~[0103]段及[0111]~[0118]段中記載之化合物。Examples of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds include compounds described in paragraphs [0097] to [0103] and paragraphs [0111] to [0118] of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

<雜質> 感光性組成物層可以包含雜質。 作為雜質,例如,可以舉出金屬雜質或其離子、鹵化物離子、殘留有機溶劑、殘留單體及水。 <Impurities> The photosensitive composition layer may contain impurities. Examples of impurities include metal impurities or ions thereof, halide ions, residual organic solvents, residual monomers, and water.

(金屬雜質及鹵化物離子) 作為金屬雜質,例如,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫及該等的離子以及鹵素化物離子。其中,由於容易混入鈉離子、鉀離子及鹵化物離子,因此設為下述含量為較佳。 金屬雜質係與上述粒子(例如,金屬氧化物)不同之化合物。 (Metal impurities and halide ions) Examples of metal impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin and their ions and halide ions. Among them, since sodium ions, potassium ions, and halide ions are easily mixed, it is preferable to set the following content. The metal impurities are compounds different from the above-mentioned particles (for example, metal oxides).

金屬雜質的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,80質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為更佳,2質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,1質量ppb以上為較佳,0.1質量ppm以上為更佳。The content of metal impurities is preferably at most 80 mass ppm, more preferably at most 10 mass ppm, and still more preferably at most 2 mass ppm, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably at least 1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 0.1 mass ppm, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

作為調整雜質的含量之方法,例如,可以舉出作為感光性組成物層的原料而選擇雜質的含量少者之方法、在形成感光性組成物層時防止雜質的混入之方法及藉由清洗而去除之方法。 雜質的含量能夠藉由例如ICP發光光譜分析法、原子吸光分光法及離子層析法等公知的方法來定量。 As a method of adjusting the content of impurities, for example, a method of selecting a material with a low content of impurities as a raw material of the photosensitive composition layer, a method of preventing the mixing of impurities when forming a photosensitive composition layer, and cleaning by cleaning method of removal. The content of impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography.

(殘留有機溶劑) 作為殘留有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷。 殘留有機溶劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量,100質量ppm以下為較佳,20質量ppm以下為更佳,4質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,10質量ppb以上為較佳,100質量ppb以上為更佳。 殘留有機溶劑的含量能夠藉由與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法來製備。又,殘留有機溶劑的含量例如能夠藉由氣相層析法等公知的方法來定量。 (residual organic solvent) Examples of residual organic solvents include benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylformamide Acetamide and hexane. The content of the residual organic solvent is preferably at most 100 mass ppm, more preferably at most 20 mass ppm, and still more preferably at most 4 mass ppm, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but it is preferably at least 10 mass ppb, and more preferably at least 100 mass ppb. The content of the residual organic solvent can be prepared by the same method as the metal impurity mentioned above. Moreover, content of a residual organic solvent can be quantified by well-known methods, such as gas chromatography, for example.

(殘留單體) 感光性組成物層有時包含上述樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體。 從圖案化性及可靠性之觀點考慮,殘留單體的含量相對於樹脂的總質量,5000質量ppm以下為較佳,2000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,相對於樹脂的總質量,1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。 從圖案化性及可靠性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體相對於感光性組成物層總質量,3000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,相對於感光性樹脂組成物層的總質量,0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。 (residual monomer) The photosensitive composition layer may contain residual monomers of each constituent unit of the resin described above. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the content of the residual monomer is preferably at most 5000 mass ppm, more preferably at most 2000 mass ppm, and still more preferably at most 500 mass ppm, based on the total mass of the resin. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mass ppm or more, more preferably 10 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, and 100 mass ppm with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer It is still more preferably below ppm. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition layer.

在藉由高分子反應來合成鹼溶性樹脂時之單體的殘留單體量亦設為上述範圍為較佳。例如,在羧酸側鏈使丙烯酸縮水甘油酯反應而合成鹼溶性樹脂之情況下,將丙烯酸縮水甘油酯的含量設為上述範圍為較佳。 殘留單體的量能夠藉由液體層析法及氣相層析法等公知的方法來測量。 It is also preferable that the residual monomer amount of the monomer when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by a polymer reaction be within the above-mentioned range. For example, when synthesizing an alkali-soluble resin by reacting glycidyl acrylate in a carboxylic acid side chain, it is preferable to make content of glycidyl acrylate into the said range. The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點考慮,感光性組成物層中的水的含量,0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

〔感光性組成物層的特性〕 作為感光性組成物層的厚度(膜厚),多數情況下係0.1~300μm,0.2~100μm為較佳,0.5~50μm為更佳,0.5~30μm為進一步較佳,1~20μm為特佳。藉此,感光性組成物層的顯影性得到提高,從而能夠提高解析性。 [Characteristics of photosensitive composition layer] The thickness (film thickness) of the photosensitive composition layer is often 0.1 to 300 μm, preferably 0.2 to 100 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 50 μm, still more preferably 0.5 to 30 μm, and most preferably 1 to 20 μm. Thereby, the developability of a photosensitive composition layer improves, and resolution can be improved.

感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係0.8~3.0mmol/g為較佳,1.0~3.0mmol/g為更佳,1.2~2.0mmol/g為進一步較佳。The content of the double bond in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably from 0.8 to 3.0 mmol/g, more preferably from 1.0 to 3.0 mmol/g, and still more preferably from 1.2 to 2.0 mmol/g.

感光性組成物層的酸值係10~150mgKOH/g為較佳,40~100mgKOH/g為更佳,50~100mgKOH/g為進一步較佳,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,50~90mgKOH/g為特佳,70~90mgKOH/g為最佳。 作為上述酸值的測量方法,例如,可以舉出上述之樹脂中的酸值的測量方法及從已知的樹脂的含量中計算酸值之方法。 The acid value of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably from 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 40 to 100 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably from 50 to 100 mgKOH/g. From the viewpoint of better effects of the present invention, 50 to 100 mgKOH/g is more preferable. 90mgKOH/g is particularly good, and 70-90mgKOH/g is the best. As the method of measuring the above-mentioned acid value, for example, the method of measuring the acid value in the above-mentioned resin and the method of calculating the acid value from the known content of the resin are mentioned.

〔中間層〕 本發明的轉印薄膜具有中間層。 作為中間層,例如,可以舉出水溶性樹脂層及日本特開平5-072724號公報中作為“分離層”記載之阻氧功能之阻氧層。 作為中間層,從曝光時之靈敏度提高而曝光機的時間負載減少,並且生產率提高之觀點考慮,阻氧層為較佳。 在轉印薄膜具有阻氧層之情況下,將轉印薄膜的感光性組成物層進行曝光時,聚合反應變得容易順利地進行,並且能夠使硬化層的彈性模數X成為較佳範圍。其結果,所獲得之圖案形狀成為良好。 作為上述阻氧層,能夠從上述公報等中所記載之公知的層中適當選擇。 其中,顯示低透氧性,且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉1質量%水溶液)中之阻氧層為較佳。 以下,對水溶性樹脂層(中間層)能夠包含之各成分進行說明。 〔middle layer〕 The transfer film of the present invention has an intermediate layer. Examples of the intermediate layer include a water-soluble resin layer and an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described as "separation layer" in JP-A-5-072724. As the intermediate layer, an oxygen barrier layer is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity at the time of exposure, reducing the time load of the exposure machine, and improving productivity. When the transfer film has an oxygen barrier layer, when the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film is exposed to light, the polymerization reaction proceeds easily and smoothly, and the elastic modulus X of the cured layer can be brought into a preferable range. As a result, the obtained pattern shape became favorable. As the said oxygen barrier layer, it can select suitably from the well-known layer described in the said gazette etc. Among them, an oxygen barrier layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an aqueous alkaline solution (1% by mass of sodium carbonate at 22°C) is preferred. Hereinafter, each component which can be contained in a water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is demonstrated.

<水溶性樹脂> 中間層包含水溶性樹脂為較佳。 作為水溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、聚醚系樹脂、明膠及聚醯胺樹脂。 <Water-soluble resin> It is preferable that the intermediate layer contains a water-soluble resin. Examples of water-soluble resins include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, polyether-based resins, gelatin, and polyamide resins.

作為纖維素系樹脂,例如,可以舉出水溶性纖維素衍生物。 作為水溶性纖維素衍生物,例如,可以舉出羥乙基纖維素、羥丙基甲基纖維素、羥丙基纖維素、羧甲基纖維素、甲基纖維素及乙基纖維素。 Examples of cellulose-based resins include water-soluble cellulose derivatives. Examples of water-soluble cellulose derivatives include hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, and ethylcellulose.

作為聚醚系樹脂,例如,可以舉出聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇及該等的氧化烯加成物以及乙烯基醚系樹脂。 作為聚醯胺系樹脂,例如,可以舉出丙烯醯胺系樹脂、乙烯基胺系樹脂及烯丙基胺系樹脂。 其中,作為水溶性樹脂,水溶性纖維素衍生物或聚醯胺系樹脂為較佳。 Examples of polyether resins include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and their alkylene oxide adducts, and vinyl ether resins. Examples of polyamide-based resins include acrylamide-based resins, vinylamine-based resins, and allylamine-based resins. Among these, water-soluble cellulose derivatives or polyamide-based resins are preferred as the water-soluble resin.

又,作為水溶性樹脂,例如,亦可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物。作為(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯酯化合物的共聚物,(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙基的共聚物為較佳,甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙基的共聚物為更佳。在水溶性樹脂係(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物之情況下,作為各組成比(莫耳%),90/10~20/80為較佳,80/20~30/70為更佳。Moreover, as a water-soluble resin, the copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound is also mentioned, for example. As a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl ester compound, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/allyl (meth)acrylic acid is preferable, and a copolymer of methacrylic acid/allyl methacrylate is more preferable. good. In the case of a water-soluble resin-based (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound copolymer, the composition ratio (mole %) is preferably 90/10 to 20/80, and 80/20 to 30/70 better.

作為水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw),5,000以上為較佳,7,000以上為更佳,10,000以上為進一步較佳。上限係200,000以下為較佳,100,000以下為更佳,50,000以下為進一步較佳。 水溶性樹脂的分散度(Mw/Mn)係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the water-soluble resin is preferably at least 5,000, more preferably at least 7,000, and still more preferably at least 10,000. The upper limit is preferably at most 200,000, more preferably at most 100,000, and still more preferably at most 50,000. The degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5.

水溶性樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點和/或阻氧能力更加優異之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂的含量相對於中間層的總質量,50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳。上限係100質量%以下為較佳,99.9質量%以下為更佳,99.8質量%以下為進一步較佳,99質量%以下為特佳。 The water-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the water-soluble resin is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of better effects of the present invention and/or better oxygen barrier capability. The upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less, still more preferably 99.8% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 99% by mass or less.

<其他成分> 中間層除了上述樹脂以外,可以包含其他成分。 其他成分的分子量小於5,000為較佳,4,000以下為更佳,3,000以下為進一步較佳,2,000以下為特佳,1,500以下為最佳。下限係60以上為較佳。 <Other ingredients> The intermediate layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned resins. The molecular weight of other components is preferably less than 5,000, more preferably less than 4,000, still more preferably less than 3,000, particularly preferably less than 2,000, and most preferably less than 1,500. The lower limit is preferably 60 or more.

作為其他成分,多元醇類、多元醇類的環氧烷加成物、苯酚衍生物或醯胺化合物為較佳,多元醇類、苯酚衍生物或醯胺化合物為更佳。As other components, polyols, alkylene oxide adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, or amide compounds are preferable, and polyols, phenol derivatives, or amide compounds are more preferable.

作為多元醇類,例如,可以舉出丙三醇、二丙三醇及二乙二醇。 包含多元醇類之羥基的個數係2~10個為較佳。 作為多元醇類的環氧烷加成物,例如,可以舉出上述之多元醇類中加成了環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷等而得之化合物。另外,平均加成數係1~100為較佳,2~50為較佳,2~20為更佳。 作為苯酚衍生物,例如,可以舉出雙酚A及雙酚S。 作為醯胺化合物,可以舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮。 As polyhydric alcohols, glycerol, diglycerol, and diethylene glycol are mentioned, for example. The number of hydroxyl groups containing polyols is preferably 2-10. Examples of the alkylene oxide adducts of polyols include compounds obtained by adding ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and the like to the above-mentioned polyols. In addition, the average addition number is preferably 1-100, more preferably 2-50, and more preferably 2-20. As a phenol derivative, bisphenol A and bisphenol S are mentioned, for example. N-methylpyrrolidone is mentioned as an amide compound.

中間層包含選自包括多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、苯酚衍生物、醯胺化合物、水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之群組中的至少1種為較佳。The intermediate layer contains at least 1 is better.

中間層的厚度係3.0μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳。下限係1.0μm以上為較佳。The thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 3.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 1.0 μm or more.

其他成分可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 其他成分的含量相對於中間層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限小於30質量%為較佳,10質量%以下為更佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳。 The other components may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of other components is preferably at least 0.1% by mass, more preferably at least 0.5% by mass, and still more preferably at least 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the intermediate layer. The upper limit is preferably less than 30 mass %, more preferably 10 mass % or less, and still more preferably 5 mass % or less.

〔熱塑性樹脂層〕 本發明的轉印薄膜可以具有熱塑性樹脂層。 熱塑性樹脂層通常在偽支撐體與感光性組成物層之間配置。轉印薄膜具備熱塑性樹脂層,藉此轉印薄膜與基板的貼合步驟中的對基板的追隨性得到提高而能夠抑制基板與轉印薄膜之間的氣泡混入。作為該結果,能夠確保與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層(例如,偽支撐體)的密接性。 又,作為熱塑性樹脂層,例如,可以舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0189]~[0193]段,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 〔Thermoplastic resin layer〕 The transfer film of the present invention may have a thermoplastic resin layer. The thermoplastic resin layer is usually placed between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. The transfer film is provided with a thermoplastic resin layer, thereby improving the followability to the substrate in the step of laminating the transfer film and the substrate, and suppressing the mixing of air bubbles between the substrate and the transfer film. As a result, the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer (for example, a dummy support) can be ensured. Moreover, as a thermoplastic resin layer, for example, paragraphs [0189] to [0193] of JP-A-2014-085643 can be mentioned, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

從與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層的厚度(層厚)係1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。從顯影性及解析性之觀點考慮,上限係20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳。The thickness (layer thickness) of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness with adjacent layers. From the viewpoint of developability and resolution, the upper limit is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 8 μm or less.

<熱塑性樹脂> 熱塑性樹脂層包含熱塑性樹脂為較佳。 作為熱塑性樹脂,鹼溶性樹脂為較佳。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 <Thermoplastic resin> The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a thermoplastic resin. As the thermoplastic resin, an alkali-soluble resin is preferable. Examples of alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, and polyester resins. , polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycols.

作為鹼溶性樹脂,從顯影性及與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。 在此,丙烯酸樹脂表示具有選自包括源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯醯胺之構成單元之群組中的至少1種構成單元之樹脂。 在丙烯酸樹脂中,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯醯胺之構成單元的合計含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,50質量%以上為較佳。上限相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,100質量%以下為較佳。 其中,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的合計含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,30~100質量%為較佳,50~100質量%為更佳。 As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness with an adjacent layer. Here, the acrylic resin refers to a resin having a composition selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid-derived constituent units, (meth)acrylate-derived constituent units, and (meth)acrylamide-derived constituent units. At least one resin constituting the unit. In the acrylic resin, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylamide relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin , more than 50% by mass is preferred. The upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. Among them, the total content of structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and structural units derived from (meth)acrylate is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, and 50 to 100% by mass based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. better.

作為鹼溶性樹脂,具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。 作為酸基,例如,可以舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。 從顯影性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的酸值係60mgKOH/g以上為較佳。上限係300mgKOH/g以下為較佳,250mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為特佳。 其中,作為鹼溶性樹脂,60mgKOH/g以上鹼溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。 As the alkali-soluble resin, polymers having acid groups are preferred. Examples of the acid group include carboxyl group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group and phosphonic acid group, and carboxyl group is preferred. From the viewpoint of developability, the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less. Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin of 60 mgKOH/g or more is preferable, and an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is more preferable.

作為酸值係60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並無特別限制,但能夠從公知的樹脂中適當選擇使用。 例如,可以舉出日本特開2011-095716號公報的[0025]段中所記載之聚合物中的酸值係60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂亦即鹼溶性樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的[0033]~[0052]段中所記載之聚合物中的酸值係60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的[0053]~[0068]段中所記載之樹脂中的酸值係60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。 上述含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的共聚比相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,5~50質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,12~30質量%為進一步較佳。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,從顯影性及與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。 The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not particularly limited, but can be appropriately selected from known resins and used. For example, an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group, that is, an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the polymer described in paragraph [0025] of JP-A-2011-095716, JP-A-2010- Carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins described in paragraphs [0033] to [0052] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-224162 and paragraphs [0053] to [0068] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the resins described in the paragraphs. The copolymerization ratio of the constituent units having a carboxyl group in the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 12 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. good. As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness with an adjacent layer.

鹼溶性樹脂可以具有反應性基。 作為反應性基,只要係能夠加成聚合之基團即可,可以舉出乙烯性不飽和基;羥基及羧基等縮聚性基;環氧基、(封端)異氰酸酯基等聚加成反應性基。 Alkali-soluble resins may have reactive groups. As the reactive group, as long as it is a group capable of addition polymerization, examples include ethylenically unsaturated groups; polycondensation groups such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups; polyaddition reactive groups such as epoxy groups and (blocked) isocyanate groups. base.

鹼溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係1,000以上為較佳,10,000~100,000為更佳,20,000~50,000為進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably at least 1,000, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

鹼溶性樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從顯影性及與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,10~99質量%為較佳,20~90質量%為更佳,40~80質量%為進一步較佳,50~75質量%為特佳。 Alkali-soluble resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to adjacent layers, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10-99% by mass, more preferably 20-90% by mass, and 40-90% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. 80 mass % is more preferable, and 50-75 mass % is especially preferable.

<色素> 熱塑性樹脂層包含顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的最大吸收波長係450nm以上,並且藉由酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素(以下,亦簡稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。 色素B的較佳態樣除了後述之點以外,與上述之色素N的較佳態樣相同。 <Pigment> The thermoplastic resin layer contains a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450nm or more in the wavelength range of 400-780nm during color development, and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals (hereinafter also referred to as "pigment B"). is better. A preferred aspect of the dye B is the same as that of the aforementioned preferred aspect of the dye N except for the points described later.

作為色素B,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,藉由酸或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由酸而最大吸收波長改變之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含:作為色素B的藉由酸而最大吸收波長改變之色素,以及後述之藉由光而產生酸之化合物這兩者為較佳。 As the dye B, a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid is more preferable. good. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolving power of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the thermoplastic resin layer contains: as the dye B, a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, and a compound which generates an acid by light as described later. Whichever is better.

色素B可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,色素B的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂的總質量,0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2~6.0質量%為更佳,0.2~5.0質量%為進一步較佳,0.25~3.0質量%為特佳。 The dye B may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the content of the pigment B is preferably at least 0.2% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 6.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.2 to 5.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin. More preferably, 0.25 to 3.0% by mass is particularly preferred.

在此,色素B的含量表示將熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素B全部設為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例,對色素B的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備將色素B0.001g及0.01g溶解於甲基乙基酮100mL中而得之溶液。在所獲得之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(Irgacure OXE01,BASF Japan Ltd.製造),照射波長365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,將所有色素B設為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量液溫係25℃的各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素B而將熱塑性樹脂層0.1g溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此以外,藉由與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所得到之包含熱塑性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素B的量。 另外,熱塑性樹脂層3g與組成物的固體成分3g相同。 Here, the content of the dye B means the content of the dye when all the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. A solution in which 0.001 g and 0.01 g of the dye B were dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone was prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator (Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm to generate radicals to bring all the dyes B into a color-developed state. Then, under the air atmosphere, using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured to prepare a calibration curve. Next, except for dissolving 0.1 g of the thermoplastic resin layer in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye B, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dye was developed was measured by the same method as above. Based on the obtained absorbance of the solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the pigment B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was calculated according to the calibration curve. In addition, the thermoplastic resin layer 3g is the same as the solid content 3g of the composition.

<藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物> 熱塑性樹脂層可以包含藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(以下,還簡稱為“化合物C”。)。 作為化合物C,接收紫外線及可見光線等活化光線而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。 作為化合物C,例如,可以舉出公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。 <Compounds that generate acids, bases or free radicals by light> The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "compound C") that generates acid, base, or radical by light. As compound C, a compound that generates acid, base or free radical by receiving activating light such as ultraviolet light and visible light is preferable. As compound C, a well-known photoacid generator, a photobase generator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical generator) are mentioned, for example.

(光酸產生劑) 從解析性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光酸產生劑。 作為光酸產生劑,例如,可以舉出上述之感光性組成物層中能夠包含之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除了後述之點以外,較佳態樣亦相同。 (photoacid generator) From the analytical viewpoint, the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoacid generator. As a photoacid generator, the photocationic polymerization initiator which can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer is mentioned, for example, The preferable aspect is the same except the point mentioned later.

作為光酸產生劑,從靈敏度及解析性之觀點考慮,包含選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中的至少1種化合物為較佳,從靈敏度、解析性及密接性之觀點考慮,包含肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。 又,作為光酸產生劑,具有以下結構之光酸產生劑亦較佳。 As the photoacid generator, it is preferable to include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds from the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution. From a viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound. Moreover, the photoacid generator which has the following structures is also preferable as a photoacid generator.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

(光自由基聚合起始劑) 熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光自由基聚合起始劑。 作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出上述感光性組成物層中能夠包含之可以含有之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳態樣亦相同。 (photoradical polymerization initiator) The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. As a photoradical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator which can be contained in the said photosensitive composition layer is mentioned, for example, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

(光鹼產生劑) 熱塑性樹脂組成物可以包含光鹼產生劑。 作為光鹼產生劑,例如,可以舉出公知的光鹼產生劑。 具體而言,可以舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺甲酸酯、三苯甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己胺、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-嗎啉乙烷、(4-嗎啉苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄氧羰基)吡咯啶、氯化六胺鈷(III)三(三苯甲基硼酸鹽)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)-丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶。 (photobase generator) The thermoplastic resin composition may contain a photobase generator. As a photobase generator, a well-known photobase generator is mentioned, for example. Specifically, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, trityl alcohol, O-aminoformyl axamide, O-aminoformyl oxime, [[(2,6-di Nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane 1,6-diamine, 4-(methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoethane, (4-morpholinebenzoyl)-1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N-(2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrole Pyridine, hexammonium cobalt(III) chloride tris(trityl borate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinephenyl)-butanone, 2,6 -Dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl- 4-(2,4-Dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine.

化合物C可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,化合物C的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.5~5質量%為更佳。 Compound C may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the content of the compound C is preferably from 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

<塑化劑> 從解析性、與相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含塑化劑為較佳。 塑化劑的分子量(在係低聚物或聚合物且具有分子量分佈之情況下,重量平均分子量)比鹼溶性樹脂小為較佳。塑化劑的分子量(重量平均分子量)係200~2,000為較佳。 關於塑化劑,只要係與鹼溶性樹脂相容而顯現塑化性之化合物,則無限制,但從賦予塑化性之觀點考慮,塑化劑在分子中具有伸烷氧基為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所包含之伸烷氧基具有聚乙烯氧結構或聚丙烯氧結構為更佳。 <Plasticizer> It is preferable that a thermoplastic resin layer contains a plasticizer from a viewpoint of resolution, the adhesiveness with the adjacent layer, and a developability. The molecular weight of the plasticizer (when it is an oligomer or a polymer and has a molecular weight distribution, the weight average molecular weight) is preferably smaller than that of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of the plasticizer is preferably 200-2,000. The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. However, from the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer preferably has an alkeneoxy group in the molecule. Polyalkylene glycol compounds are more preferable. It is more preferable that the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer has a polyethylene oxide structure or a polypropylene oxide structure.

又,從解析性及保存穩定性之觀點考慮,塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析性及與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂係丙烯酸樹脂,且塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 作為可用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如,可以舉出作為上述之感光性組成物層中能夠包含之聚合性化合物記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 在轉印薄膜中,在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性組成物層直接接觸而積層之情況下,熱塑性樹脂層及感光性組成物層均包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。這係因為藉由熱塑性樹脂層及感光性組成物層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,層間的成分擴散得到抑制,保存穩定性得到提高。 Moreover, it is preferable that a plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound from a viewpoint of analytical property and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesiveness with adjacent layers, the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably an acrylic resin, and the plasticizer includes a (meth)acrylate compound. Examples of (meth)acrylate compounds that can be used as plasticizers include (meth)acrylate compounds described as polymerizable compounds that can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer. In the transfer film, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive composition layer are laminated in direct contact, it is preferable that both the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive composition layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound. This is because when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive composition layer each contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, component diffusion between layers is suppressed and storage stability is improved.

在熱塑性樹脂層係包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑之情況下,從熱塑性樹脂層與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,即使在曝光後的曝光部中(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦不聚合為較佳。 又,作為可用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,從熱塑性樹脂層的解析性、與相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,在一分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。 進而,作為可用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦較佳。 In the case where the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the thermoplastic resin layer and the adjacent layer, even in the exposed portion after exposure, the (meth)acrylic acid It is also preferable that the ester compound is not polymerized. Moreover, as a (meth)acrylate compound which can be used as a plasticizer, it has two or more (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds in one molecule from the point of view of resolution of a thermoplastic resin layer, adhesiveness with an adjacent layer, and developability. (Meth)acryl polyfunctional (meth)acrylate compounds are preferred. Furthermore, as a (meth)acrylate compound which can be used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound or urethane (meth)acrylate compound which has an acidic group is also preferable.

塑化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從熱塑性樹脂層的解析性、與相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,塑化劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,1~70質量%為較佳,10~60質量%為更佳,20~50質量%為進一步較佳。 A plasticizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the standpoint of resolution of the thermoplastic resin layer, adhesiveness to adjacent layers, and developability, the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1 to 70% by mass, and 10 to 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. % is more preferable, and 20 to 50% by mass is still more preferable.

<敏化劑> 熱塑性樹脂層可以包含敏化劑。 作為敏化劑,並無特別限制,可以舉出上述之感光性組成物層中能夠包含之敏化劑。 <Sensitizer> The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. It does not specifically limit as a sensitizer, The sensitizer which can be contained in the said photosensitive composition layer is mentioned.

敏化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從提高對光源的靈敏度及曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,敏化劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。 A sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion. good.

<其他添加劑> 熱塑性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,還可以依需要包含其他添加劑。 作為其他添加劑,例如,可以舉出上述之感光性組成物層中能夠包含之其他添加劑。 <Other additives> The thermoplastic resin layer may contain other additives as needed in addition to the above components. As another additive, the other additive which can be contained in the said photosensitive composition layer is mentioned, for example.

<雜質> 熱塑性樹脂層可以包含雜質。 作為雜質,例如,可以舉出上述之感光性組成物層中能夠包含之雜質。 <Impurities> The thermoplastic resin layer may contain impurities. As an impurity, the impurity which can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer is mentioned, for example.

〔其他構件〕 本發明的轉印薄膜除了上述之構件以外,可以具有其他構件。 作為其他構件,例如,可以舉出保護膜。 [other components] The transfer film of the present invention may have other members in addition to the above-mentioned members. As other members, for example, a protective film can be mentioned.

(保護膜) 作為保護膜,能夠使用具有耐熱性及耐溶劑性之樹脂薄膜,例如,可以舉出聚丙烯薄膜及聚乙烯薄膜等聚烯烴薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜等聚酯薄膜、聚碳酸酯薄膜以及聚苯乙烯薄膜。 又,作為保護膜,還可以使用由與上述之偽支撐體相同之材料構成之樹脂薄膜。 其中,作為保護膜,聚烯烴薄膜為較佳,聚丙烯薄膜或聚乙烯薄膜為更佳,聚乙烯薄膜為進一步較佳。 (protective film) As the protective film, a heat-resistant and solvent-resistant resin film can be used, for example, polyolefin films such as polypropylene film and polyethylene film, polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate film, polycarbonate film, etc. film and polystyrene film. In addition, as the protective film, a resin film made of the same material as that of the above-mentioned dummy support can also be used. Among these, as a protective film, a polyolefin film is preferable, a polypropylene film or a polyethylene film is more preferable, and a polyethylene film is still more preferable.

保護膜的厚度係1~100μm為較佳,5~50μm為更佳,5~40μm為進一步較佳,15~30μm為特佳。 從機械強度優異之觀點考慮,保護膜的厚度係1μm以上為較佳,從相對廉價之觀點考慮,100μm以下為較佳。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably from 1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 to 50 μm, still more preferably from 5 to 40 μm, and particularly preferably from 15 to 30 μm. From the viewpoint of excellent mechanical strength, the thickness of the protective film is preferably 1 μm or more, and from the viewpoint of relatively low cost, it is preferably 100 μm or less.

在保護膜中,保護膜中所包含之直徑80μm以上的魚眼數係5個/m 2以下為較佳。 “魚眼”係指,藉由對材料進行熱熔融、混煉、擠壓、雙軸拉伸及澆鑄法等方法來製造薄膜時,材料的異物、未溶解物質和氧化劣化物等被摻入到薄膜中而成者。 In the protective film, the number of fish eyes with a diameter of 80 μm or more included in the protective film is preferably 5 or less/m 2 . "Fish eye" refers to the foreign matter, undissolved matter, and oxidative deterioration of the material that are incorporated into the film when the film is produced by thermal melting, kneading, extrusion, biaxial stretching, and casting methods. into the thin film.

保護膜中所包含之直徑3μm以上粒子之數係30個/mm 2以下為較佳,10個/mm 2以下為更佳,5個/mm 2以下為進一步較佳。下限係0個/mm 2以上為較佳。在該等範圍內之情況下,能夠抑制由保護膜中所包含之粒子引起之凹凸轉印至感光性組成物層或導電層而產生之缺陷。 The number of particles with a diameter of 3 μm or more contained in the protective film is preferably 30 particles/mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 particles/mm 2 or less, still more preferably 5 particles/mm 2 or less. The lower limit is preferably 0 pieces/mm 2 or more. In the case of these ranges, it is possible to suppress defects caused by transfer of unevenness caused by particles contained in the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer or the conductive layer.

從賦予捲取性之觀點考慮,與保護膜的感光性組成物層接觸之面相反的一側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。上限小於0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 從抑制轉印時的缺陷之觀點考慮,保護膜與組成物層接觸之面的表面粗糙度Ra係0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。上限小於0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 From the viewpoint of imparting rollability, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the surface in contact with the photosensitive composition layer of the protective film is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.02 μm or more, and 0.03 μm The above are further preferred. The upper limit is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of suppressing defects during transfer, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film in contact with the composition layer is preferably at least 0.01 μm, more preferably at least 0.02 μm, and still more preferably at least 0.03 μm. The upper limit is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less.

[轉印薄膜之製造方法] 轉印薄膜之製造方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法。 作為上述轉印薄膜10之製造方法,例如,可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在偽支撐體11的表面塗佈水溶性樹脂組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成中間層13之步驟;及在中間層13的表面塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成感光性組成物層15之步驟。 又,在形成上述中間層13之步驟之前,可以包括在偽支撐體11的表面塗佈熱塑性樹脂組成物而形成塗膜,進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成熱塑性樹脂層之步驟。 [Manufacturing method of transfer film] The method for producing the transfer film is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used. As a method of manufacturing the above-mentioned transfer film 10, for example, a method including the steps of: coating a water-soluble resin composition on the surface of the dummy support 11 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form an intermediate layer Step 13; and a step of coating a photosensitive composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 13 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form a photosensitive composition layer 15 . In addition, before the step of forming the above-mentioned intermediate layer 13, a step of coating a thermoplastic resin composition on the surface of the dummy support 11 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form a thermoplastic resin layer may be included.

藉由上述之製造方法而製造之積層體的感光性組成物層15上壓接保護膜19而製造轉印薄膜10。 作為轉印薄膜之製造方法,藉由包括設置保護膜19以與感光性組成物層15的具有偽支撐體11之側相反的一側的面接觸之步驟而製造具備偽支撐體11、中間層13、感光性組成物層15及保護膜19之轉印薄膜10為較佳。又,作為轉印薄膜之製造方法,藉由包括設置保護膜19以與感光性組成物層15的具有偽支撐體11之側相反的一側的面接觸之步驟而製造具備偽支撐體11、熱塑性樹脂層、中間層13、感光性組成物層15及保護膜19之轉印薄膜。 在藉由上述製造方法製造轉印薄膜10之後,捲取轉印薄膜10,藉此可以製作及保管輥形態的轉印薄膜。關於輥形態的轉印薄膜,能夠在後述之輥對輥方式下的與基板的貼合步驟中以原樣的形態提供。 The photosensitive composition layer 15 of the laminate manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method is pressure-bonded with the protective film 19 to manufacture the transfer film 10 . As a method of manufacturing a transfer film, a film having a dummy support 11, an intermediate layer, and a film having a dummy support 11 are manufactured by including the step of providing a protective film 19 so as to be in contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer 15 opposite to the side having the dummy support 11. 13. The photosensitive composition layer 15 and the transfer film 10 of the protective film 19 are preferred. In addition, as a method of manufacturing a transfer film, a film having a dummy support 11 is produced by including a step of providing a protective film 19 so as to be in contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer 15 opposite to the side having the dummy support 11. Transfer film for thermoplastic resin layer, intermediate layer 13 , photosensitive composition layer 15 and protective film 19 . After the transfer film 10 is produced by the above-mentioned production method, the transfer film 10 is wound up, whereby the transfer film in the form of a roll can be produced and stored. The transfer film in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in the bonding step with the substrate in the roll-to-roll system described later.

又,作為上述轉印薄膜10之製造方法,在保護膜19上形成感光性組成物層15及中間層13之後,在中間層13的表面形成熱塑性樹脂層。In addition, as a method of manufacturing the transfer film 10 described above, after the photosensitive composition layer 15 and the intermediate layer 13 are formed on the protective film 19 , a thermoplastic resin layer is formed on the surface of the intermediate layer 13 .

〔感光性組成物及感光性組成物層的形成方法〕 藉由塗佈法,使用包含構成上述之感光性組成物層之成分(例如,樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑等)及溶劑之感光性組成物而形成為較佳。 作為轉印薄膜之製造方法,具體係在中間層上塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並且以既定溫度對該塗膜實施乾燥處理而形成感光性組成物層之方法為較佳。另外,藉由塗膜的乾燥處理而調整殘留溶劑量。 [Method for forming photosensitive composition and photosensitive composition layer] It is preferable to form by the coating method using the photosensitive composition containing the components (for example, resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, etc.) which comprise the said photosensitive composition layer, and a solvent. As a method for producing the transfer film, it is preferable to apply a photosensitive composition on the intermediate layer to form a coating film, and dry the coating film at a predetermined temperature to form a photosensitive composition layer. In addition, the residual solvent amount was adjusted by drying the coating film.

作為感光性組成物,包含形成上述感光性組成物層之各種成分及溶劑為較佳。另外,在感光性組成物中,相對於感光性組成物的總固體成分的各成分的含量的較佳範圍與相對於上述感光性組成物層的總質量的各成分的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散除了溶劑以外的各成分,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。具體而言,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑(乙酸正丙酯等)、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的2種以上之混合溶劑。 As a photosensitive composition, it is preferable to contain various components and a solvent which form the said photosensitive composition layer. In addition, in the photosensitive composition, the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total mass of the above-mentioned photosensitive composition layer. . The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse components other than the solvent, and known solvents can be used. Specifically, for example, alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol and ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents (n-propyl acetate, etc.), amide solvents , lactone solvents, and mixed solvents containing two or more of these.

溶劑包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少1種為較佳。 其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少1種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少1種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少1種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這3種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。 It is preferable that the solvent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. Among them, at least 1 selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least 1 selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents More preferably, a mixed solvent of at least one of at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, ketone solvents, and cyclic ether solvents A mixed solvent is further preferred.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚(例如,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為溶劑,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的[0092]~[0094]段中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889號公報的[0014]段中所記載之溶劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 溶劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,50~1900質量份為較佳,100~1200質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 Examples of alkylene glycol ether solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether (for example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), propylene glycol dialkyl ether, Alkyl ethers, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers. Examples of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate. Propylene Glycol Monoalkyl Ether Acetate. As the solvent, for example, the solvents described in paragraphs [0092] to [0094] of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvents described in paragraph [0014] of JP 2018-177889 A, and These contents are incorporated into this manual. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 1900 parts by mass, more preferably from 100 to 1200 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

作為感光性組成物的塗佈方法,例如,可以舉出印刷法、噴塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、簾塗法、旋塗法及模塗法(狹縫塗佈法)。Examples of coating methods for the photosensitive composition include printing, spray coating, roll coating, bar coating, curtain coating, spin coating, and die coating (slit coating).

作為感光性組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。 作為乾燥溫度,90℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳,110℃以上為進一步較佳。上限係130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。又,還能夠藉由連續地改變溫度來進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒鐘以上為較佳,40秒鐘以上為更佳,60秒鐘以上為進一步較佳。上限係600秒鐘以下為較佳,450秒鐘以下為更佳,300秒鐘以下為進一步較佳。 As a method of drying the coating film of the photosensitive composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably at least 90°C, more preferably at least 100°C, and still more preferably at least 110°C. The upper limit is preferably 130°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower. In addition, drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. Moreover, as a drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. The upper limit is preferably at most 600 seconds, more preferably at most 450 seconds, and still more preferably at most 300 seconds.

進而,可以藉由將保護膜貼合到感光性組成物層而製造轉印薄膜。 作為將保護膜貼合到感光性組成物層之方法,例如,可以舉出公知的方法。 作為將保護膜貼合到感光性組成物層之裝置,可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 層壓機係具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱者為較佳。 Furthermore, a transfer film can be manufactured by bonding a protective film to a photosensitive composition layer. As a method of bonding a protective film to a photosensitive composition layer, a well-known method is mentioned, for example. Known laminators, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, are mentioned as an apparatus which bonds a protective film to a photosensitive composition layer. It is preferable that the laminator is equipped with any heatable roll such as a rubber roll, and can be pressurized and heated.

〔水溶性樹脂組成物及中間層(水溶性樹脂層)的形成方法〕 作為水溶性樹脂組成物,包含形成上述中間層(水溶性樹脂層)之各種成分及溶劑為較佳。另外,在水溶性樹脂組成物中,相對於組成物的總固體成分的各成分的含量的較佳範圍與相對於上述水溶性樹脂層的總質量的各成分的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要係能夠溶解或分散水溶性樹脂,則並無特別限制,選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少1種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。 作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出碳數1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及丙三醇,碳數1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。 溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 溶劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,50~2500質量份為較佳,50~1900質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 [Method for forming water-soluble resin composition and intermediate layer (water-soluble resin layer)] The water-soluble resin composition preferably contains various components and a solvent that form the above-mentioned intermediate layer (water-soluble resin layer). In addition, in the water-soluble resin composition, the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total mass of the above-mentioned water-soluble resin layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the water-soluble resin. At least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents is preferred. Water or water-water-miscible organic solvents A mixed solvent is better. Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, among which alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 2500 parts by mass, more preferably from 50 to 1900 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

水溶性樹脂的形成方法只要係能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無特別限制,例如可以舉出公知的塗佈方法(狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈)。The method for forming the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer comprising the above-mentioned components, for example, known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and ink-jet coating) can be mentioned. cloth).

〔熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物及熱塑性樹脂層的形成方法〕 作為在偽支撐體上形成熱塑性樹脂層之方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,能夠藉由在偽支撐體上塗佈熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物,並且依據需要進行乾燥來形成。 作為熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物,包含形成上述熱塑性樹脂層之各種成分及溶劑為較佳。另外,在熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物中,相對於組成物的總固體成分的各成分的含量的較佳範圍與相對於上述熱塑性樹脂層的總質量的各成分的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散除了溶劑以外的各成分,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。作為溶劑,可以舉出與後述之感光性組成物所包含之溶劑相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。 溶劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,50~1900質量份為較佳,100~900質量份為更佳。 [The composition for forming a thermoplastic resin layer and the method for forming a thermoplastic resin layer] The method of forming the thermoplastic resin layer on the dummy support is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used. For example, it can be formed by applying a composition for forming a thermoplastic resin layer on a dummy support and drying it as necessary. The composition for forming a thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains various components and a solvent for forming the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin layer. In addition, in the composition for forming a thermoplastic resin layer, the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total mass of the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse components other than the solvent, and known solvents can be used. As a solvent, the thing same as the solvent contained in the photosensitive composition mentioned later is mentioned, and a preferable aspect is also the same. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 1900 parts by mass, more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

熱塑性樹脂的形成方法只要係能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無特別限制,例如可以舉出公知的塗佈方法(狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈等)。 [實施例] The method for forming the thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components, and examples thereof include known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating). Wait). [Example]

以下,基於實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍不應被以下所示之實施例限定地解釋。另外,只要沒有特別指定,則“份”及“%”係質量基準。 又,在以下實施例中,樹脂的重量平均分子量係基於上述之凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)之聚苯乙烯換算而求得之重量平均分子量(Mw)。又,酸值使用了理論酸值。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing contents, processing steps and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the Examples shown below. In addition, "parts" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified. In addition, in the following examples, the weight average molecular weight of resin is the weight average molecular weight (Mw) calculated|required based on the polystyrene conversion of the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) mentioned above. In addition, the theoretical acid value was used for the acid value.

〔樹脂〕 <樹脂A1的合成> 在三口燒瓶中加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA、67.0質量份),在氮環境下,升溫至90℃。經2小時將加入了MAA(20.0質量份)、St(52.0質量份)、MMA(28.0質量份)、V-601(4.0質量份)及PGMEA(33.0質量份)之溶液滴加到維持在90℃±2℃之上述燒瓶溶液中。結束滴加之後,在90℃±2℃下,將上述燒瓶內的溶液攪拌1小時。經30分鐘將加入了V-601(1.0質量份)及PGMEA(33.0質量份)之溶液滴加到維持在90℃±2℃之上述燒瓶溶液中。結束滴加之後,在90℃±2℃下,經1小時攪拌上述燒瓶內的溶液,加入PGMEA(100.0質量份)並稀釋,從而獲得了樹脂A1(固體成分濃度30.0質量%)。又,參閱上述樹脂A1的合成方法,獲得了樹脂A2~A6(任意樹脂的固體成分濃度30.0質量%)。 [resin] <Synthesis of Resin A1> Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA, 67.0 parts by mass) was added to the three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 90° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Added MAA (20.0 parts by mass), St (52.0 parts by mass), MMA (28.0 parts by mass), V-601 (4.0 parts by mass) and PGMEA (33.0 parts by mass) dropwise over 2 hours to maintain the temperature at 90 ℃ ± 2 ℃ in the above flask solution. After completion of the dropwise addition, the solution in the above-mentioned flask was stirred at 90°C±2°C for 1 hour. A solution containing V-601 (1.0 parts by mass) and PGMEA (33.0 parts by mass) was added dropwise to the solution in the flask maintained at 90°C±2°C over 30 minutes. After completion of the dropwise addition, the solution in the flask was stirred at 90°C±2°C for 1 hour, and PGMEA (100.0 parts by mass) was added and diluted to obtain resin A1 (solid content concentration: 30.0% by mass). Also, referring to the synthesis method of the above-mentioned resin A1, resins A2 to A6 (solid content concentration of any resin: 30.0% by mass) were obtained.

以下,表1中示出樹脂A1~A6。 表1中,用縮寫表示用於形成各構成單元(質量%)之單體。 樹脂A1~A6相當於鹼溶性樹脂。 Resins A1 to A6 are shown in Table 1 below. In Table 1, monomers used to form each constituent unit (mass %) are indicated by abbreviations. Resins A1 to A6 correspond to alkali-soluble resins.

[表1]    樹脂 構成單元 分子量 酸值 Tg MAA MMA EMA St BzMA Mw mgKOH/g 樹脂A1 20 28 0 52 0 25,000 130 130 樹脂A2 20 48 0 32 0 25,000 130 110 樹脂A3 27 23 0 50 0 40,000 176 110 樹脂A4 20 28 20 32 0 24,000 130 84 樹脂A5 25 50 0 25 0 50,000 166 110 樹脂A6 20 0 0 0 80 25,000 130 110 [Table 1] resin constituent unit molecular weight acid value Tg MAA MMA EMA St. BYZGR mw mgKOH/g Resin A1 20 28 0 52 0 25,000 130 130 Resin A2 20 48 0 32 0 25,000 130 110 Resin A3 27 twenty three 0 50 0 40,000 176 110 Resin A4 20 28 20 32 0 24,000 130 84 Resin A5 25 50 0 25 0 50,000 166 110 Resin A6 20 0 0 0 80 25,000 130 110

表1中,以下示出各記載。 MAA:甲基丙烯酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) EMA:甲基丙烯酸乙酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) St:苯乙烯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) BzMA:甲基丙烯酸苄酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) In Table 1, each description is shown below. MAA: methacrylic acid (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MMA: methyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) EMA: ethyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) St: Styrene (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) BzMA: Benzyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)

〔感光性組成物〕 製備了下述表2中示出之成分及配合的各感光性組成物。 表2中,各成分欄中記載之數值表示各成分的含量(質量份)。其中,“樹脂”的欄中的各樹脂的量表示樹脂溶液(固體成分濃度30質量%)的量。 〔Photosensitive composition〕 The components shown in Table 2 below and each photosensitive composition to be blended were prepared. In Table 2, the numerical value described in the column of each component shows content (parts by mass) of each component. However, the amount of each resin in the column of "resin" represents the amount of a resin solution (solid content concentration: 30% by mass).

[表2] 成分(各成分的數值:質量份) 感光性組成物 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 樹脂 樹脂A1(固體成分濃度30質量%) 200    230    200          樹脂A2(固體成分濃度30質量%)    200                   樹脂A3(固體成分濃度30質量%)          200             樹脂A4(固體成分濃度30質量%)                200       樹脂A5(固體成分濃度30質量%)                   200    樹脂A6(固體成分濃度30質量%)                      200 聚合性化合物 乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯 30 30 25 30 30 30 30 30 乙氧基化(3)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 12 12 10 12    12       4-正辛基苯氧基五乙二醇單丙二醇丙烯酸酯                   5 5 環氧乙烷環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二甲基丙烯酸酯             12    10 10 光聚合起始劑 2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 敏化劑 4,4-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 顯色劑 無色結晶紫 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 溶劑 丙酮 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 甲苯 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 甲醇 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 [Table 2] Components (Numerical value of each component: parts by mass) photosensitive composition B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 resin Resin A1 (solid content concentration: 30% by mass) 200 230 200 Resin A2 (solid content concentration: 30% by mass) 200 Resin A3 (solid content concentration: 30% by mass) 200 Resin A4 (solid content concentration 30% by mass) 200 Resin A5 (solid content concentration 30% by mass) 200 Resin A6 (solid content concentration 30% by mass) 200 polymeric compound Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate 30 30 25 30 30 30 30 30 Ethoxylated (3) Trimethylolpropane Triacrylate 12 12 10 12 12 4-n-octylphenoxypentaethylene glycol monopropylene glycol acrylate 5 5 Ethylene Oxide Propylene Oxide Modified Urethane Dimethacrylate 12 10 10 Photopolymerization initiator 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sensitizer 4,4-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Reagent colorless crystal violet 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 solvent acetone 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 toluene 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Methanol 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

<聚合性化合物> 乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯 乙氧基化(3)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 4-正辛基苯氧基五乙二醇單丙二醇丙烯酸酯 環氧乙烷環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二甲基丙烯酸酯 <Polymerizable compound> Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate Ethoxylated (3) Trimethylolpropane Triacrylate 4-n-octylphenoxypentaethylene glycol monopropylene glycol acrylate Ethylene Oxide Propylene Oxide Modified Urethane Dimethacrylate

<光聚合起始劑> 2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑 <Photopolymerization Initiator> 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole

<敏化劑> 4,4-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮 <Sensitizer> 4,4-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone

<顯色劑> 無色結晶紫 <Color developer> colorless crystal violet

<溶劑> 丙酮 甲苯 甲醇 <Solvent> acetone Toluene Methanol

〔中間層形成用組成物〕 使用下述各成分製備了中間層形成用組成物1。 ·4-88 LA(67.86質量%):KURARAY CO.,LTD.製造、聚乙烯醇 ·PVP K30(31.06質量%):FUJIFILM CORPORATION製造、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮 ·METOLOSE 60SH03(1.00質量%):Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造、水溶性纖維素衍生物 ·F444(0.08質量%):DIC Corporation製造、界面活性劑 〔Composition for intermediate layer formation〕 Composition 1 for forming an intermediate layer was prepared using the following components. ・4-88 LA (67.86% by mass): manufactured by KURARAY CO.,LTD., polyvinyl alcohol ・PVP K30 (31.06% by mass): manufactured by FUJIFILM CORPORATION, polyvinylpyrrolidone ・METOLOSE 60SH03 (1.00% by mass): manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., water-soluble cellulose derivative ・F444 (0.08% by mass): manufactured by DIC Corporation, surfactant

〔轉印薄膜〕 將由偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層構成之各轉印薄膜製作成表3中示出之構成。具體係如下所述。 首先,在偽支撐體(厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(Lumirer16KS40、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC製造))上,使用刮棒塗佈機塗佈用於形成上述之中間層之中間層形成用組成物1以使乾燥後的厚度成為1.0μm,並且使用烘箱在90℃下進行乾燥,形成了中間層。 進而,使用刮棒塗佈機,在中間層上塗佈用於形成表3中示出之感光性組成物層之感光性組成物,以成為表3中示出之乾燥後的厚度,使用烘箱,在80℃下進行乾燥而形成了負型感光性組成物層。 在所獲得之負型感光性組成物層上,壓接厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(16KS40、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC製造),製作了實施例及比較例的轉印薄膜。 〔Transfer film〕 Each transfer film composed of a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer was produced to have the configuration shown in Table 3. The specific system is as follows. First, on a dummy support (a polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm (Lumirer 16KS40, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC)), a bar coater was used to coat the intermediate layer forming agent used to form the above intermediate layer. Composition 1 was dried in an oven at 90° C. to have a thickness of 1.0 μm after drying to form an intermediate layer. Furthermore, using a bar coater, the photosensitive composition for forming the photosensitive composition layer shown in Table 3 was applied on the intermediate layer so as to have the thickness after drying shown in Table 3, and an oven , dried at 80° C. to form a negative photosensitive composition layer. On the obtained negative photosensitive composition layer, polyethylene terephthalate (16KS40, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC) with a thickness of 16 μm was pressure-bonded to prepare transfer films of Examples and Comparative Examples.

〔測量及評價〕 <彈性模數> 彈性模數X及彈性模數Y的測量係藉由上述之方法來測量的。 〔Measurement and evaluation〕 <Elastic modulus> The elastic modulus X and the elastic modulus Y are measured by the method mentioned above.

<圖案形狀(下擺擴展形狀)> 剝離在上述中製作之轉印薄膜的保護膜,將露出之感光性組成物層的表面層壓(層壓條件:基材溫度80℃、橡膠輥溫度110℃、線壓3N/cm、輸送速度2m/min)到具有在玻璃上實施了鍍Ni(厚度100nm)之導電層之基板上,而獲得了積層體。 接著,從所獲得之積層體中剝離偽支撐體,並且使具有線(μm)/空間(μm)具有1/1的圖案之光罩與所獲得之積層體的中間層側的表面密接。使用高壓水銀燈曝光機(MAP-1200L、apan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造、主波長:365nm)照射光,在100mJ/cm 2下曝光了感光性組成物層。然後,使用液溫係25℃的碳酸鈉水溶液,藉由進行30秒鐘的噴淋顯影而形成了圖案。藉由掃描式電子顯微鏡觀察所獲得之圖案的剖面形狀,在各圖案的側面,將從圖案的上表面部(與基板側相反的表面)突出之部分(圖1的下擺擴展部分)的長度設為下擺長度,使用最長的下擺長度,依據以下評價基準評價了圖案形狀。 A:下擺長度係0.3μm以下 B:下擺長度係大於0.3μm且0.5μm以下 C:下擺長度大於0.5μm <Pattern shape (shape of extended hem)> Peel off the protective film of the transfer film produced above, and laminate the exposed surface of the photosensitive composition layer (lamination conditions: substrate temperature 80°C, rubber roller temperature 110°C , linear pressure 3N/cm, conveying speed 2m/min) onto a substrate having a conductive layer on which Ni plating (thickness 100nm) was applied on glass to obtain a laminate. Next, the dummy support was peeled off from the obtained laminate, and a photomask having a pattern of line (μm)/space (μm) 1/1 was brought into close contact with the surface of the obtained laminate on the side of the intermediate layer. The photosensitive composition layer was exposed at 100 mJ/cm 2 by irradiating light with a high-pressure mercury lamp exposure machine (MAP-1200L, manufactured by apan Science Engineering Co., Ltd., dominant wavelength: 365 nm). Then, a pattern was formed by performing shower image development for 30 seconds using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution having a liquid temperature of 25°C. The cross-sectional shape of the pattern obtained by observing the pattern with a scanning electron microscope, on the side surface of each pattern, the length of the portion protruding from the upper surface (the surface opposite to the substrate side) of the pattern (the bottom extended portion in Fig. 1 ) was set as The longest hem length was used as the hem length, and the pattern shape was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. A: The hem length is 0.3 μm or less B: The hem length is more than 0.3 μm and 0.5 μm or less C: The hem length is more than 0.5 μm

<圖案密接性> 剝離在上述中製作之轉印薄膜的保護膜,將露出之感光性組成物層的表面層壓(層壓條件:基材溫度80℃、橡膠輥溫度110℃、線壓3N/cm、輸送速度2m/min)到在玻璃上實施了鍍Ni(厚度100nm)之導電性基板上而獲得了積層體。 接著,從所獲得之積層體中剝離偽支撐體,並且使具有線(μm)/空間(μm)具有1/1的圖案之光罩與所獲得之積層體的中間層側的表面密接。使用高壓水銀燈曝光機(MAP-1200L、apan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造、主波長:365nm)照射光,在100mJ/cm 2下曝光了感光性組成物層。然後,使用液溫係25℃的碳酸鈉水溶液,藉由進行30秒鐘的噴淋顯影而形成了圖案。用掃描式電子顯微鏡觀察所獲得之圖案,以未發生圖案的剝離且未發生端部浮起之最小線寬作為圖案密接性(μm)而進行了評價。 <Pattern Adhesion> The protective film of the transfer film produced above was peeled off, and the surface of the exposed photosensitive composition layer was laminated (lamination conditions: substrate temperature 80°C, rubber roller temperature 110°C, linear pressure 3N /cm, conveying speed 2m/min) onto a conductive substrate on which Ni plating (thickness 100nm) was applied on glass to obtain a laminate. Next, the dummy support was peeled off from the obtained laminate, and a photomask having a pattern of line (μm)/space (μm) 1/1 was brought into close contact with the surface of the obtained laminate on the side of the intermediate layer. The photosensitive composition layer was exposed at 100 mJ/cm 2 by irradiating light with a high-pressure mercury lamp exposure machine (MAP-1200L, manufactured by apan Science Engineering Co., Ltd., dominant wavelength: 365 nm). Then, a pattern was formed by performing shower image development for 30 seconds using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution having a liquid temperature of 25°C. The obtained pattern was observed with a scanning electron microscope, and the pattern adhesiveness (μm) was evaluated as the minimum line width at which no pattern peeling and edge lift did not occur.

<解析性> 剝離在上述中製作之轉印薄膜的保護膜,將露出之感光性組成物層的表面層壓(層壓條件:基材溫度80℃、橡膠輥溫度110℃、線壓3N/cm、輸送速度2m/min)到在玻璃上實施了鍍Ni(厚度100nm)之導電性基板上而獲得了積層體。 接著,從所獲得之積層體中剝離偽支撐體,並且使具有線(μm)/空間(μm)具有1/1的圖案之光罩與所獲得之積層體的中間層側的表面密接。使用高壓水銀燈曝光機(MAP-1200L、apan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造、主波長:365nm)照射光,在100mJ/cm 2下曝光了感光性組成物層。然後,使用液溫係25℃的碳酸鈉水溶液,藉由進行30秒鐘的噴淋顯影而形成了圖案。將所獲得之圖案能夠分解之最小線寬作為解析度(μm),評價了解析性。 <Resolution> Peel off the protective film of the transfer film produced above, and laminate the surface of the exposed photosensitive composition layer (lamination conditions: substrate temperature 80°C, rubber roller temperature 110°C, linear pressure 3N/ cm, conveying speed 2m/min) onto a conductive substrate on which Ni plating (thickness 100nm) was applied on glass to obtain a laminate. Next, the dummy support was peeled off from the obtained laminate, and a photomask having a pattern of line (μm)/space (μm) 1/1 was brought into close contact with the surface of the obtained laminate on the side of the intermediate layer. The photosensitive composition layer was exposed at 100 mJ/cm 2 by irradiating light with a high-pressure mercury lamp exposure machine (MAP-1200L, manufactured by apan Science Engineering Co., Ltd., dominant wavelength: 365 nm). Then, a pattern was formed by performing shower image development for 30 seconds using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution having a liquid temperature of 25°C. The resolution (μm) was defined as the minimum line width at which the obtained pattern could be resolved, and the resolving power was evaluated.

<顯影殘渣抑制性> 以與上述<解析性>相同的方式形成圖案,並且對所獲得之線/空間的圖案進行基於掃描式電子顯微鏡觀察之空間部的殘渣的厚度的測量和目視觀察,按以下基準評價了顯影殘渣抑制性。 A:空間部的殘渣厚度係50nm以下,並且沒有目視觀察到殘渣 B:空間部的殘渣厚度係50nm以下,並且目視觀察到殘渣 C:空間部的殘渣厚度大於50nm <Development residue inhibition> A pattern was formed in the same manner as above <Resolution>, and the obtained line/space pattern was measured and visually observed for the residue thickness of the space part based on the scanning electron microscope observation, and the development residue was evaluated according to the following criteria Inhibitory. A: The thickness of the residue in the space is 50 nm or less, and no residue is observed visually B: The residue thickness of the space part is 50 nm or less, and the residue is visually observed C: The thickness of the residue in the space part is more than 50nm

表3中示出評價結果。 表3中示出各記載。 “M/B”欄中示出2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於樹脂的含量的質量比(2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量/樹脂的含量)。 “X/Y”欄中示出彈性模數X相對於彈性模數Y之比(彈性模數X/彈性模數Y)。 “Tg”表示感光性組成物層中所包含之樹脂的Tg。 “M/B”,“雙鍵的含量”及“酸值”表示感光性組成物層的各值。 Table 3 shows the evaluation results. Table 3 shows each description. The "M/B" column shows the mass ratio of the content of the bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the resin (content of the bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound/resin content). The "X/Y" column shows the ratio of the modulus of elasticity X to the modulus of elasticity Y (modulus of elasticity X/modulus of elasticity Y). "Tg" represents the Tg of the resin contained in the photosensitive composition layer. "M/B", "content of a double bond", and "acid value" represent each value of a photosensitive composition layer.

[表3]    轉印薄膜 中間層 感光性組成物層 彈性模數X (GPa) 彈性模數Y (MPa) X/Y 評價結果 樹脂 感光性組成物 M/B 雙鍵的含量 (mmol/g) 酸值 (mgKOH/g) 厚度 (μm) 圖案形狀 圖案密接性(μm) 解析性 (μm) 顯影殘渣抑制性 中間層形成用組成物 厚度 (μm) 種類 Tg (℃) 實施例1 1 1 1.0 A1 130 B1 0.70 1.5 74 5 5.5 4.0 1375 A 3.5 3.0 B 實施例2 2 1 1.0 A2 110 B2 0.70 1.5 74 5 4.5 0.8 5625 A 3.0 3.0 A 實施例3 3 1 1.0 A1 130 B3 0.50 1.2 83 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.5 4.0 A 實施例4 4 1 1.0 A3 110 B4 0.70 1.5 100 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.0 4.0 A 實施例5 5 1 1.0 A1 130 B5 0.70 0.9 83 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 5.0 4.5 A 實施例6 6 1 1.0 A4 84 B6 0.70 1.5 74 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.0 4.0 A 實施例7 7 1 1.0 A1 130 B1 0.70 1.5 74 20 5.5 4.0 1375 A 4.5 4.0 B 比較例1 8 1 1.0 A5 110 B7 0.75 1.1 106 5 0.8 5.0 160 C 6.5 6.0 C 比較例2 9 1 1.0 A6 110 B8 0.75 1.1 70 5 12.0 1.0 12000 B 8.0 6.0 C [table 3] Transfer film middle layer Photosensitive composition layer Elastic modulus X (GPa) Elastic modulus Y (MPa) X/Y Evaluation results resin photosensitive composition M/B Double bond content (mmol/g) Acid value (mgKOH/g) Thickness (μm) pattern shape Pattern adhesion (μm) Resolution (μm) Development residue inhibition Composition for intermediate layer formation Thickness (μm) type Tg (°C) Example 1 1 1 1.0 A1 130 B1 0.70 1.5 74 5 5.5 4.0 1375 A 3.5 3.0 B Example 2 2 1 1.0 A2 110 B2 0.70 1.5 74 5 4.5 0.8 5625 A 3.0 3.0 A Example 3 3 1 1.0 A1 130 B3 0.50 1.2 83 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.5 4.0 A Example 4 4 1 1.0 A3 110 B4 0.70 1.5 100 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.0 4.0 A Example 5 5 1 1.0 A1 130 B5 0.70 0.9 83 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 5.0 4.5 A Example 6 6 1 1.0 A4 84 B6 0.70 1.5 74 5 4.0 0.8 5000 B 4.0 4.0 A Example 7 7 1 1.0 A1 130 B1 0.70 1.5 74 20 5.5 4.0 1375 A 4.5 4.0 B Comparative example 1 8 1 1.0 A5 110 B7 0.75 1.1 106 5 0.8 5.0 160 C 6.5 6.0 C Comparative example 2 9 1 1.0 A6 110 B8 0.75 1.1 70 5 12.0 1.0 12000 B 8.0 6.0 C

從表3的結果中確認到藉由本發明的積層體之製造方法,圖案形狀優異,並且圖案密接性亦優異。 在從上述之測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係3.5MPa以下之情況下,確認到顯影殘渣抑制性更加優異(實施例2與實施例1的比較)。 在確認到彈性模數X相對於彈性模數Y之比係1500~10000之情況下,顯影殘渣抑制更加優異(實施例2與實施例1的比較)。 在確認到感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係1.0~3.0mmol/g之情況下,圖案形狀更加優異(實施例1~2與實施例5的比較) 在樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係90~150℃之情況下,確認到圖案形狀更加優異(實施例1~2與實施例6的比較)。 在確認到感光性組成物層的酸值係50~90mgKOH/g之情況下,圖案形狀更加優異(實施例1~2與實施例4的比較) 在確認到2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於樹脂的含量的質量比係0.60~1.00之情況下,圖案形狀更加優異(實施例1~2與實施例3的比較) From the results in Table 3, it was confirmed that the method for producing the laminate of the present invention was excellent in pattern shape and also excellent in pattern adhesion. When the elastic modulus Y obtained from the above-mentioned measurement Y was 3.5 MPa or less, it was confirmed that the development residue suppression property was more excellent (comparison between Example 2 and Example 1). When it was confirmed that the ratio of the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y was 1,500 to 10,000, the development residue suppression was more excellent (comparison between Example 2 and Example 1). When it was confirmed that the content of double bonds in the photosensitive composition layer was 1.0 to 3.0 mmol/g, the pattern shape was more excellent (comparison between Examples 1 and 2 and Example 5) When the glass transition temperature Tg of resin is 90-150 degreeC, it confirmed that a pattern shape is more excellent (comparison of Examples 1-2 and Example 6). When it was confirmed that the acid value of the photosensitive composition layer was 50 to 90 mgKOH/g, the pattern shape was more excellent (comparison between Examples 1 and 2 and Example 4) When it was confirmed that the mass ratio of the content of the bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the resin was 0.60 to 1.00, the pattern shape was more excellent (comparison between Examples 1 and 2 and Example 3)

1:基板 2:圖案(硬化層) 3:下擺擴展部分 10:轉印薄膜 11:偽支撐體 13:中間層 15:感光性組成物層 17:組成物層 19:保護膜 1: Substrate 2: Pattern (hardened layer) 3: Hem extension 10: Transfer film 11: Pseudo-support 13: middle layer 15: Photosensitive composition layer 17: Composition layer 19: Protective film

圖1係表示下擺擴展形狀的一例之概要圖。 圖2係表示轉印薄膜的構成的一例之概略圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a hem spread shape. Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of a transfer film.

無。none.

Claims (22)

一種積層體之製造方法,其具有: 使基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合前述轉印薄膜和前述基板之貼合步驟; 在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間,剝離前述偽支撐體之剝離步驟; 將前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟;及 使用顯影液將被曝光之前述感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟, 從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0Gpa, 測量X:使前述基板與前述轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的與前述中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合前述轉印薄膜和前述基板,從所獲得之積層體且在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間剝離前述偽支撐體,並且從露出之中間層側對前述感光性組成物層進行整面曝光,剝離前述露出之中間層,然後,測量露出之硬化層的彈性模數,設為彈性模數X。 A method of manufacturing a laminate comprising: The substrate is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer opposite to the intermediate layer side of the transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order, and the transfer film and the photosensitive composition layer are bonded together. Laminating steps of the aforementioned substrates; between the aforementioned dummy support and the aforementioned intermediate layer, a step of peeling off the aforementioned dummy support; an exposure step of subjecting the aforementioned photosensitive composition layer to pattern exposure; and A developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developing solution to form a pattern, The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0~10.0Gpa, Measurement X: The substrate was brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film opposite to the intermediate layer side, and the transfer film and the substrate were bonded together. From the obtained laminate and Peel off the dummy support between the dummy support and the intermediate layer, and expose the entire surface of the photosensitive composition layer from the exposed intermediate layer side, peel off the exposed intermediate layer, and then measure the exposed cured layer The modulus of elasticity is set as the modulus of elasticity X. 如請求項1所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 從測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係3.5MPa以下, 測量Y:測量前述轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的彈性模數,並設為彈性模數Y。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 1, wherein The elastic modulus Y obtained from the measurement Y is below 3.5MPa, Measurement Y: The elastic modulus of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film was measured and set as elastic modulus Y. 如請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述彈性模數X相對於前述彈性模數Y之比係1500~10000。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 2, wherein The ratio of the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y is 1500-10000. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係1.0~3.0mmol/g。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The content of the double bond in the said photosensitive composition layer is 1.0-3.0 mmol/g. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含樹脂, 前述樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係90~150℃。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive composition layer contains a resin, The glass transition temperature Tg of the aforementioned resin is 90-150°C. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層的酸值係50~100mgKOH/g。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive composition layer is 50-100 mgKOH/g. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物及樹脂, 前述2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於前述樹脂的含量的質量比係0.60~1.00。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound and a resin, The mass ratio of the content of the above-mentioned bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the above-mentioned resin is 0.60 to 1.00. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層包含選自包括多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、苯酚衍生物、醯胺化合物、水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之群組中的至少1種。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The above-mentioned intermediate layer contains polyols, oxidation adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, amide compounds, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyether resins, and polyamide resins. At least 1 species. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層的厚度係1~20μm。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive composition layer is 1-20 micrometers. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層的厚度係3.0μm以下。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The thickness of the intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟係使前述露出之中間層與遮罩接觸而進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein The exposure step is an exposure step in which the exposed intermediate layer is brought into contact with a mask to perform pattern exposure. 一種電路配線之製造方法,其具有: 使具有導電層之基板與依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層之轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合前述轉印薄膜和前述基板之貼合步驟; 在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間,剝離前述偽支撐體之剝離步驟; 將前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟; 使用顯影液將被曝光之前述感光性組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟;及 將未配置有前述圖案之區域中的前述導電層進行蝕刻處理之蝕刻步驟, 從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa, 測量X:使前述基板與前述轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的與前述中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合前述轉印薄膜和前述基板,從所獲得之積層體且在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間剝離前述偽支撐體,並且從露出之中間層側對前述感光性組成物層進行整面曝光,剝離前述露出之中間層,然後,測量露出之硬化層的彈性模數,設為彈性模數X。 A method of manufacturing circuit wiring, comprising: The substrate having the conductive layer is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer opposite to the side of the intermediate layer side of the transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer in this order, and the aforementioned Lamination step of the transfer film and the aforementioned substrate; between the aforementioned dummy support and the aforementioned intermediate layer, a step of peeling off the aforementioned dummy support; an exposure step of subjecting the aforementioned photosensitive composition layer to pattern exposure; A developing step of developing the exposed photosensitive composition layer using a developing solution to form a pattern; and an etching step of performing etching treatment on the aforementioned conductive layer in the region where the aforementioned pattern is not arranged, The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0~10.0GPa, Measurement X: The substrate was brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film opposite to the intermediate layer side, and the transfer film and the substrate were bonded together. From the obtained laminate and Peel off the dummy support between the dummy support and the intermediate layer, and expose the entire surface of the photosensitive composition layer from the exposed intermediate layer side, peel off the exposed intermediate layer, and then measure the exposed cured layer The modulus of elasticity is set as the modulus of elasticity X. 一種轉印薄膜,其依序具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層, 並且實施將前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟,其中 從測量X中求出之彈性模數X係1.0~10.0GPa, 測量X:使基板與前述轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的與中間層側相反的一側的表面接觸,並且貼合前述轉印薄膜和前述基板,從所獲得之積層體且在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間剝離前述偽支撐體,並且從露出之中間層側對前述感光性組成物層進行整面曝光,剝離前述露出之中間層,然後,測量露出之硬化層的彈性模數,設為彈性模數X。 A transfer film, which sequentially has a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer and a photosensitive composition layer, and performing an exposure step of subjecting the aforementioned photosensitive composition layer to pattern exposure, wherein The elastic modulus X obtained from the measurement X is 1.0~10.0GPa, Measurement X: The substrate was brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film opposite to the intermediate layer side, and the transfer film and the substrate were bonded together. Peel off the dummy support between the dummy support and the middle layer, and expose the entire surface of the photosensitive composition layer from the side of the exposed middle layer, peel off the exposed middle layer, and then measure the elasticity of the exposed cured layer Modulus, set to elastic modulus X. 如請求項13所述之轉印薄膜,其中 從測量Y中求出之彈性模數Y係3.5MPa以下, 測量Y:測量前述轉印薄膜的前述感光性組成物層的彈性模數,並設為彈性模數Y。 The transfer film as described in claim 13, wherein The elastic modulus Y obtained from the measurement Y is below 3.5MPa, Measurement Y: The elastic modulus of the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film was measured and set as elastic modulus Y. 如請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述彈性模數X相對於前述彈性模數Y之比係1500~10000。 The transfer film as described in claim 14, wherein The ratio of the elastic modulus X to the elastic modulus Y is 1500-10000. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層中的雙鍵的含量係1.0~3.0mmol/g。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The content of the double bond in the said photosensitive composition layer is 1.0-3.0 mmol/g. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含樹脂, 前述樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係90~150℃。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive composition layer contains a resin, The glass transition temperature Tg of the aforementioned resin is 90-150°C. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層的酸值係50~100mgKOH/g。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive composition layer is 50-100 mgKOH/g. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物及樹脂, 前述2官能以上的聚合性化合物的含量相對於前述樹脂的含量的質量比係0.60~1.00。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound and a resin, The mass ratio of the content of the above-mentioned bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound to the content of the above-mentioned resin is 0.60 to 1.00. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層包含選自包括多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、苯酚衍生物、醯胺化合物、水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚系樹脂及聚醯胺系樹脂之群組中的至少1種。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The above-mentioned intermediate layer contains polyols, oxidation adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, amide compounds, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyether resins, and polyamide resins. At least 1 species. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層的厚度係1~20μm。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive composition layer is 1-20 micrometers. 如請求項13至請求項15之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層的厚度係3.0μm以下。 The transfer film according to any one of claim 13 to claim 15, wherein The thickness of the intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less.
TW110148266A 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film TW202236008A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-217593 2020-12-25
JP2020217593 2020-12-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202236008A true TW202236008A (en) 2022-09-16

Family

ID=82157749

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110148266A TW202236008A (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-22 Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022138493A1 (en)
CN (1) CN116762040A (en)
TW (1) TW202236008A (en)
WO (1) WO2022138493A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002296776A (en) * 2001-03-29 2002-10-09 Taiyo Ink Mfg Ltd Photosetting/thermosetting resin composition for printed wiring substrate and printed wiring substrate
JP4979391B2 (en) * 2007-01-17 2012-07-18 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin laminate
JP6851009B2 (en) * 2016-04-22 2021-03-31 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Resin composition for solder resist, film for solder resist, circuit board and package with solder resist layer
WO2020054660A1 (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing touch panel, method for producing resin pattern, and film
JP7339111B2 (en) * 2018-10-01 2023-09-05 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin laminate for microfluidic devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022138493A1 (en) 2022-06-30
CN116762040A (en) 2023-09-15
WO2022138493A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021192608A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
TW202236009A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film
TW202236008A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film
WO2022138154A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2023145156A1 (en) Transfer film and method for forming conductor pattern
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022181611A1 (en) Production method for laminate having conductor pattern
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film
WO2022181485A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2021220980A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
TW202309662A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition layer, transfer film, method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern
JP2023043527A (en) Photosensitive composition, transfer film, and manufacturing method of laminate having conductor pattern
TW202309205A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having conductor pattern, photosensitive composition
TW202311049A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern
TW202311872A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film
TW202240291A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, method for producing wiring line
KR20230032894A (en) Method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern, transfer film
JP2022156251A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing laminate having conductive pattern
TW202231479A (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminate